Difference between revisions of "SOP-42Q-MES0075 CMMS Spare Parts"
Helena wang (talk | contribs) |
Helena wang (talk | contribs) |
||
(37 intermediate revisions by 3 users not shown) | |||
Line 7: | Line 7: | ||
| | ||
− | <center>'''CMMS'''</center> <center>'''Spare Parts'''</center> <center>'''Version MES15. | + | <center>'''CMMS'''</center> <center>'''Spare Parts'''</center> <center>'''Version MES15.82'''</center> <center>'''Revision E1'''</center> <center> </center> <center> </center> |
| | ||
Line 14: | Line 14: | ||
| | ||
− | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts">Spare Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> = | + | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts">Spare Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> = |
The Spare Parts portal of CMMS provides a comprehensive tracking system to manage the parts needed to maintain a plant’s assets. Administrators and operators receive, issue, and return parts; maintain warehouse stock; create purchase orders; and manage vendor information. | The Spare Parts portal of CMMS provides a comprehensive tracking system to manage the parts needed to maintain a plant’s assets. Administrators and operators receive, issue, and return parts; maintain warehouse stock; create purchase orders; and manage vendor information. | ||
Line 20: | Line 20: | ||
To navigate: '''Production > CMMS > Spare Parts''' | To navigate: '''Production > CMMS > Spare Parts''' | ||
− | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts_Submodule_Icons"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts_Submodule_Icons"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts_Submodule_Icons"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts_Submodule_Icons"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts_Submodule_Icons"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts_Submodule_Icons"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts_Submodule_Icons"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts_Submodule_Icons"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts_Submodule_Icons"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts_Submodule_Icons">Spare Parts Submodule Icons</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === | + | |
+ | |||
+ | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts_Submodule_Icons"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts_Submodule_Icons"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts_Submodule_Icons"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts_Submodule_Icons"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts_Submodule_Icons"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts_Submodule_Icons"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts_Submodule_Icons"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts_Submodule_Icons"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts_Submodule_Icons"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts_Submodule_Icons"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts_Submodule_Icons"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts_Submodule_Icons"><span class="mw-headline" id="Spare_Parts_Submodule_Icons">Spare Parts Submodule Icons</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === | ||
User-friendly icons help users navigate through the Spare Parts portal. | User-friendly icons help users navigate through the Spare Parts portal. | ||
Line 26: | Line 28: | ||
'''Figure 1: Spare Parts Main Page''' | '''Figure 1: Spare Parts Main Page''' | ||
− | '''[[File:Spare | + | '''[[File:Spare Parts main icons.png|border|1000px|RTENOTITLE]]''' |
| | ||
Line 32: | Line 34: | ||
| | ||
− | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List_Submodule">Part List [[File:Part list | + | |
+ | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List_Submodule">Part List [[File:Part list icon1.png|Part list Icon.png]]</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> = | ||
Within the '''Part List''' submodule, users can view all parts pertaining to site equipment and machinery, and perform functions related to those parts. | Within the '''Part List''' submodule, users can view all parts pertaining to site equipment and machinery, and perform functions related to those parts. | ||
Line 39: | Line 42: | ||
*'''Search/Filter''' part entries | *'''Search/Filter''' part entries | ||
− | *'''Add''' parts | + | *'''Add/Bulk Upload''' parts |
*'''Edit''' parts | *'''Edit''' parts | ||
*'''Export''' parts | *'''Export''' parts | ||
Line 49: | Line 52: | ||
*'''Qty UOM''': Quantity Unit of Measure: UOMs enable plants to quantify and track inventory items according to their packaging. For example, singular parts are listed as '''EA''' (each), while parts that remain packaged together are noted as '''PAK'''. | *'''Qty UOM''': Quantity Unit of Measure: UOMs enable plants to quantify and track inventory items according to their packaging. For example, singular parts are listed as '''EA''' (each), while parts that remain packaged together are noted as '''PAK'''. | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List">Search/Filter Part List</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | |
+ | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Part_List">Search/Filter Part List</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | ||
1. Users may search for specific parts according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the '''Part List''' Submodule: | 1. Users may search for specific parts according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the '''Part List''' Submodule: | ||
Line 57: | Line 61: | ||
*'''Manufacturer''': Select a '''Manufacturer '''<span style="font-size: 13.28px;">from the drop-down list.</span> | *'''Manufacturer''': Select a '''Manufacturer '''<span style="font-size: 13.28px;">from the drop-down list.</span> | ||
*'''Model''': Search for a specific Model. | *'''Model''': Search for a specific Model. | ||
− | *<span style="font-size: 13.28px;">'''Active | + | *<span style="font-size: 13.28px;">'''Active''': Search by Active or Inactive or all Part Numbers.</span> |
*<span style="font-size: 13.28px;">'''Project''': Search by Project associated with the product the Asset builds. Projects are defined in [[SOP-5-I-MES0073-C_CMMS_Admin#Project|CMMS Admin > Project]].</span> | *<span style="font-size: 13.28px;">'''Project''': Search by Project associated with the product the Asset builds. Projects are defined in [[SOP-5-I-MES0073-C_CMMS_Admin#Project|CMMS Admin > Project]].</span> | ||
Line 66: | Line 70: | ||
'''Figure 2: Part List Screen''' | '''Figure 2: Part List Screen''' | ||
− | [[File:Figure 2- Part List | + | [[File:Figure 2- Part List Screen1.png|border|800px|Figure 4 Part List Filtering Options.png]] |
| | ||
Line 72: | Line 76: | ||
3. The figure above shows a typical part list and its subsequent categories.<br/> '''<u>Note</u>''': The Column "AVL's" ('''Available Vendor List''') is highlighted. In an effort to keep costs low, plants are encouraged to monitor warehouse inventory. Because plants can easily purchase necessary parts from Approved Vendors it is advisable to maintain an updated and complete list of multiple vendors in case of unexpected problems. <span style="color:#FF0000;">Red</span> cells indicate that only one vendor is available. <span style="color:#DAA520;">Yellow</span> cells indicate 2 vendors, and <span style="color:#00FF00;">Green</span> cells indicate 3 or more. Because this information is critical to busy plant administrators, it is highlighted for easy reference. | 3. The figure above shows a typical part list and its subsequent categories.<br/> '''<u>Note</u>''': The Column "AVL's" ('''Available Vendor List''') is highlighted. In an effort to keep costs low, plants are encouraged to monitor warehouse inventory. Because plants can easily purchase necessary parts from Approved Vendors it is advisable to maintain an updated and complete list of multiple vendors in case of unexpected problems. <span style="color:#FF0000;">Red</span> cells indicate that only one vendor is available. <span style="color:#DAA520;">Yellow</span> cells indicate 2 vendors, and <span style="color:#00FF00;">Green</span> cells indicate 3 or more. Because this information is critical to busy plant administrators, it is highlighted for easy reference. | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part">Add a Part</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | |
+ | |||
+ | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part">Add a Part</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | ||
To '''add''' a part to the '''Part List''': | To '''add''' a part to the '''Part List''': | ||
− | 1. Select '''Add''' from the '''Part List''' menu. The '''Add a New Part Number''' pop-up window displays | + | 1. Select '''Add''' from the '''Part List''' menu. The '''Add a New Part Number''' pop-up window displays. |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
'''Figure 3: Add a New Part Number Window''' | '''Figure 3: Add a New Part Number Window''' | ||
− | [[File:Figure | + | [[File:Figure 3- Add Parts.png|border|800px]] |
| | ||
− | + | Complete the following fields. Fields noted with a <span style="color:#FF0000;">red asterisk *</span> are Mandatory. | |
*<span style="color:#FF0000;">'''*'''</span>Enter a '''Part Number'''. | *<span style="color:#FF0000;">'''*'''</span>Enter a '''Part Number'''. | ||
− | *'''Upload '''a '''Part Image''' Part Images allow employees to quickly identify parts for part replacment and quick identification at the warehouse level | + | *'''Upload '''a '''Part Image''' Part Images allow employees to quickly identify parts for part replacment and quick identification at the warehouse level. |
*<span style="color:#FF0000;">'''*'''</span>Enter a '''Part Name'''. | *<span style="color:#FF0000;">'''*'''</span>Enter a '''Part Name'''. | ||
*<span style="color:#FF0000;">'''*'''</span>Enter a '''Manufacturer'''. '''<u>Note</u>''': This field lists all available companies in a drop-down menu format. To add, edit, or delete a company from this list, return to the '''Spare Parts''' main screen and select the '''[[#Company_Submodule|Company Submodule]]''' submodule ('''Shop Floor > Configuration >CMMS - Admin > Company'''). | *<span style="color:#FF0000;">'''*'''</span>Enter a '''Manufacturer'''. '''<u>Note</u>''': This field lists all available companies in a drop-down menu format. To add, edit, or delete a company from this list, return to the '''Spare Parts''' main screen and select the '''[[#Company_Submodule|Company Submodule]]''' submodule ('''Shop Floor > Configuration >CMMS - Admin > Company'''). | ||
Line 112: | Line 114: | ||
'''<u>Note</u>''': Plants define'''QTY UOM''' (Quantity Unit of Measure) based on their unique parts inventory. The following figure shows possible '''QTY UOM''' (Quantity Unit of Measure) examples. | '''<u>Note</u>''': Plants define'''QTY UOM''' (Quantity Unit of Measure) based on their unique parts inventory. The following figure shows possible '''QTY UOM''' (Quantity Unit of Measure) examples. | ||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
*Enter '''Part Type''' from the drop-down list. Select whether the part is "'''Easy-expendable'''" or "'''None-easy-expendable'''." Default is Easy-expendable. See '''[[#Glossary_of_Terms|Glossary of Terms]]''' for further explanation of these terms. | *Enter '''Part Type''' from the drop-down list. Select whether the part is "'''Easy-expendable'''" or "'''None-easy-expendable'''." Default is Easy-expendable. See '''[[#Glossary_of_Terms|Glossary of Terms]]''' for further explanation of these terms. | ||
Line 125: | Line 121: | ||
*Check if '''Active.''' | *Check if '''Active.''' | ||
*Enter a '''Description. ''' | *Enter a '''Description. ''' | ||
+ | |||
+ | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Bulk_Upload_Parts">Bulk Upload Parts</span> == | ||
+ | |||
+ | With the Bulk Upload spare parts function, users can import(create/add) many parts at one time. This function involves downloading the template file, uploading the file and validating whether the data is valid. Users can download the invalid records to check and correct. | ||
+ | |||
+ | #Select the BULK UPLOAD , the Bulk Upload window pop-up. | ||
+ | |||
+ | <br/> '''Figure 4: Bulk Upload Spare Parts''' | ||
+ | |||
+ | [[File:Figure 4- Bulk Upload Spare Parts.png|border]] | ||
+ | |||
+ | | ||
+ | <ol start="2"> | ||
+ | <li>Select the here(blue link) to download the .csv template file and fill your parts list records if you do not have the template file.</li> | ||
+ | <li>Drag and drop or select browse(blue link) to open your file.</li> | ||
+ | <li>Select '''VALIDATE RECORDS''', the UPLOAD button will show if the validation process passed.</li> | ||
+ | <li>Select Upload to save the spare parts records to the CMMS system.</li> | ||
+ | <li>Select Download invalid records to download and check the invalid records if some records are invalid.</li> | ||
+ | </ol> | ||
| | ||
− | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab">Add Part List: Alternative Parts Tab</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === | + | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Alternative_Parts_Tab">Add Part List: Alternative Parts Tab</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === |
Under the '''Alternative Parts''' tab, users can '''add''' or '''delete''' alternative parts. The main purpose of this feature is to associate parts with alternative part choices. '''<u>NOTE</u>''': These actions refer to the selection of fungible parts. | Under the '''Alternative Parts''' tab, users can '''add''' or '''delete''' alternative parts. The main purpose of this feature is to associate parts with alternative part choices. '''<u>NOTE</u>''': These actions refer to the selection of fungible parts. | ||
− | ====== <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts">Add Alternative Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> ====== | + | ====== <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Alternative_Parts">Add Alternative Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> ====== |
#Select '''Add''' from the Alternative Parts menu. The '''Add Alternative Part''' pop-up window appears ('''see Figure, below'''). | #Select '''Add''' from the Alternative Parts menu. The '''Add Alternative Part''' pop-up window appears ('''see Figure, below'''). | ||
Line 144: | Line 159: | ||
| | ||
− | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts">Delete Alternative Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> ==== | + | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_Alternative_Parts">Delete Alternative Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> ==== |
#<span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9b6b-c966-54ba-8c5af535d4a2">Select an alternative part from the list.</span> | #<span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9b6b-c966-54ba-8c5af535d4a2">Select an alternative part from the list.</span> | ||
Line 151: | Line 166: | ||
| | ||
− | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29">Add Part List: AVL (Approved Vendor List)</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === | + | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29">Add Part List: AVL (Approved Vendor List)</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === |
Under the '''AVL (Approved Vendor List) tab''', users may '''add''', '''edit,''' or '''delete''' approved vendor information. | Under the '''AVL (Approved Vendor List) tab''', users may '''add''', '''edit,''' or '''delete''' approved vendor information. | ||
Line 159: | Line 174: | ||
[[File:Figure 6 avl tab.png|border|RTENOTITLE]] | [[File:Figure 6 avl tab.png|border|RTENOTITLE]] | ||
− | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29">Add an AVL (Approved Vendor List)</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> ==== | + | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29">Add an AVL (Approved Vendor List)</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> ==== |
1. Select '''Add''' from the menu. The '''Add''' pop-up window displays.<br/> 2. Complete the fields provided: | 1. Select '''Add''' from the menu. The '''Add''' pop-up window displays.<br/> 2. Complete the fields provided: | ||
Line 180: | Line 195: | ||
| | ||
− | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29">Edit an AVL (approved Vendor List)</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> ==== | + | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28approved_Vendor_List.29">Edit an AVL (approved Vendor List)</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> ==== |
<br/> 1. To '''edit''' an AVL (Approved Vendor List), select an AVL from the list and choose '''Edit'''. The Edit pop-up menu appears.<br/> 2. The user may edit any of the fields provided: | <br/> 1. To '''edit''' an AVL (Approved Vendor List), select an AVL from the list and choose '''Edit'''. The Edit pop-up menu appears.<br/> 2. The user may edit any of the fields provided: | ||
Line 195: | Line 210: | ||
3. Select '''Save''' to finish or '''Cancel''' to abort. | 3. Select '''Save''' to finish or '''Cancel''' to abort. | ||
− | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29">Delete an AVL (Approved Vendor List)</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> ==== | + | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29">Delete an AVL (Approved Vendor List)</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> ==== |
1. To '''delete''' an AVL, select an AVL from the list and choose '''Delete'''. This removes the AVL from the list. | 1. To '''delete''' an AVL, select an AVL from the list and choose '''Delete'''. This removes the AVL from the list. | ||
Line 203: | Line 218: | ||
| | ||
− | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab">Add Part List: Subinventory & Locator Tab</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === | + | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_List:_Subinventory_.26_Locator_Tab">Add Part List: Subinventory & Locator Tab</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === |
Within the Subinventory & Locator Tab, users can specify the exact location of the Spare Part being catalogued into the system. There are three functions available in the '''Subinventory & Locator Tab''' | Within the Subinventory & Locator Tab, users can specify the exact location of the Spare Part being catalogued into the system. There are three functions available in the '''Subinventory & Locator Tab''' | ||
Line 209: | Line 224: | ||
| | ||
− | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator">Add Sub Inventory & Locator</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> ==== | + | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator">Add Sub Inventory & Locator</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> ==== |
#Search by Sub Inventory or utilize the drop-down feature | #Search by Sub Inventory or utilize the drop-down feature | ||
Line 229: | Line 244: | ||
| | ||
− | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory">Add Sub Inventory</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> ==== | + | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Sub_Inventory">Add Sub Inventory</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> ==== |
To add an individual Sub Inventory without a Locator: | To add an individual Sub Inventory without a Locator: | ||
Line 243: | Line 258: | ||
| | ||
− | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab">Part List: Add Part Category Tab</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === | + | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_List:_Add_Part_Category_Tab">Part List: Add Part Category Tab</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === |
Users can add the PN to one or multiple Part Categories. This option allows plants to efficiently apply changes to multiple parts in the same category based on the asset the spare part belongs to. | Users can add the PN to one or multiple Part Categories. This option allows plants to efficiently apply changes to multiple parts in the same category based on the asset the spare part belongs to. | ||
Line 255: | Line 270: | ||
| | ||
− | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category">Add a Part Category</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> ==== | + | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Part_Category">Add a Part Category</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> ==== |
| | ||
Line 273: | Line 288: | ||
| | ||
− | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category">Delete a Part Category</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === | + | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category">Delete a Part Category</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === |
#Check the '''Part Category''' to be removed from the PN. | #Check the '''Part Category''' to be removed from the PN. | ||
Line 280: | Line 295: | ||
| | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List">Edit Part List</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Part_List">Edit Part List</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
Users can modify any of the part properties from the '''Part List''' sub-module page. To '''edit''' a part: | Users can modify any of the part properties from the '''Part List''' sub-module page. To '''edit''' a part: | ||
#Select a part from the list. The '''Edit''' function becomes available. | #Select a part from the list. The '''Edit''' function becomes available. | ||
− | #Select '''Edit'''. The '''Part | + | #Select '''Edit'''. The '''Edit''' '''Part '''pop-up window appears. |
| | ||
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 6: Edit a Part''' |
− | [[File:Figure | + | [[File:Figure 6- Edit a Part .png|border|700px|Edit a Part General Tab.png]] |
+ | <ol start="3"> | ||
+ | <li>Users may edit the fields for the selected part.</li> | ||
+ | </ol> | ||
− | + | <u>'''Note'''</u>: The fields mirror those populated in the '''Add Part List''' | |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | <u>'''Note'''</u>: The fields mirror those populated in the ''' | ||
− | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab">Part Properties: Alternative Parts | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Alternative_Parts_Tab">Part Properties: Alternative Parts </span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
− | Under the '''Alternative Parts''' | + | Under the '''Alternative Parts''' page, users can '''add''' and '''delete''' alternative parts assigned to a given part. |
− | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part">Add an Alternative Part</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> | + | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Alternative_Part">Add an Alternative Part</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === |
1. Select '''Add''' from the Alternative Parts menu.<br/> 2. Type the Part number in the text provided and select the search icon (e.g. magnifying glass); or scroll the list to select the alternative part number.<br/> 3. Select the '''Add icon''' to complete. | 1. Select '''Add''' from the Alternative Parts menu.<br/> 2. Type the Part number in the text provided and select the search icon (e.g. magnifying glass); or scroll the list to select the alternative part number.<br/> 3. Select the '''Add icon''' to complete. | ||
− | | + | 4. At the '''Add Alternative Part''' page, select one or more Part numbers from the list, then Select '''SAVE'''. |
− | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part">Delete an Alternative Part</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> | + | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Alternative_Part">Delete an Alternative Part</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === |
1. Select a part from the '''Alternative Parts''' list. The '''Delete''' function becomes available.<br/> 2. Select '''Delete''' to remove the part from the list. | 1. Select a part from the '''Alternative Parts''' list. The '''Delete''' function becomes available.<br/> 2. Select '''Delete''' to remove the part from the list. | ||
− | <br/> '''Figure | + | <br/> '''Figure 7: Alternative Parts''' |
− | '''[[File:Figure | + | '''[[File:Figure 7- Alternative Parts.png|border|800px|Figure 16- Alternative Parts Tab.png]]''' |
− | === <span class="mw-headline" id="_Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="_Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab"> <br/> <br/> <span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab">Part Properties: AVL (Approved Vendor List) | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="_Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="_Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="_Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="_Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="_Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab"> <br/> <br/> <span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29_Tab">Part Properties: AVL (Approved Vendor List) </span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
− | Within the '''AVL''' | + | Within the '''AVL''' page, users can '''add''', '''edit''', and '''approve''' available part numbers (AVLs) for the selected part. |
| | ||
− | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:">Add an AVL (Approved Vendor List):</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> | + | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:">Add an AVL (Approved Vendor List):</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === |
1. Select '''Add''' from the AVL menu. The '''Add''' pop-up window appears. | 1. Select '''Add''' from the AVL menu. The '''Add''' pop-up window appears. | ||
Line 340: | Line 352: | ||
*Select '''Save''' to finish; or '''Cancel''' to abort. | *Select '''Save''' to finish; or '''Cancel''' to abort. | ||
− | + | '''Figure 8: Add an AVL(Approved Vendor List)''' | |
+ | |||
+ | '''[[File:Figure 8- Add an AVL.png|border]]''' | ||
− | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:">Edit an AVL (Approved Vendor List):</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> | + | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:">Edit an AVL (Approved Vendor List):</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === |
#Select an AVL from the list. The Edit function activates. | #Select an AVL from the list. The Edit function activates. | ||
Line 349: | Line 363: | ||
#Select '''Save''' to finish or '''Cancel '''to abort. | #Select '''Save''' to finish or '''Cancel '''to abort. | ||
− | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:">Approve an AVL (Approved Vendor List):</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> | + | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:">Approve an AVL (Approved Vendor List):</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === |
#Select an '''AVL''' from the list. The Approve function activates, as noted by a blue checkmark. | #Select an '''AVL''' from the list. The Approve function activates, as noted by a blue checkmark. | ||
Line 355: | Line 369: | ||
#<u>'''Note'''</u>: If the AVL was already approved, this action will render the AVL as unapproved. Approved AVLs are denoted with a blue checkmark under the AVL list; unapproved AVLs are denoted with a grey checkmark. | #<u>'''Note'''</u>: If the AVL was already approved, this action will render the AVL as unapproved. Approved AVLs are denoted with a blue checkmark under the AVL list; unapproved AVLs are denoted with a grey checkmark. | ||
− | ''' Figure 14 | + | ''' Figure 9: Approve AVL''' |
+ | |||
+ | '''[[File:Figure 9- Approve AVL.png|border|700px|Figure 14- Approve AVL.png]]''' | ||
− | ''' | + | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:"><span class="mw-headline" id="Approve_an_AVL_.28Approved_Vendor_List.29:">Reject an AVL (Approved Vendor List):</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === |
+ | |||
+ | #Select an '''AVL''' from the list. The Approve function activates, as noted by a blue checkmark. | ||
+ | #Select '''Reject''' to approve the '''AVL''' for the selected part. | ||
− | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab">Part Properties: Sub Inventory & Locator | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Sub_Inventory_.26_Locator_Tab">Part Properties: Sub Inventory & Locator</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
A '''sub inventory''' is a location where parts are stored (e.g., a warehouse). '''Locators''' are the shelf ID within a sub inventory. Plants may opt to omit the locator in the description. Plants often make this choice in situations where there are so many of a given part that plant operators do not need a shelf ID to locate the part. In such cases, only the sub inventory field is selected.<br/> Within this tab, users can '''add''' a sub inventory and/or locator.<br/> | A '''sub inventory''' is a location where parts are stored (e.g., a warehouse). '''Locators''' are the shelf ID within a sub inventory. Plants may opt to omit the locator in the description. Plants often make this choice in situations where there are so many of a given part that plant operators do not need a shelf ID to locate the part. In such cases, only the sub inventory field is selected.<br/> Within this tab, users can '''add''' a sub inventory and/or locator.<br/> | ||
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 10: Sub Inventory & Locator Tab''' |
− | [[File:Figure | + | [[File:Figure 10- Sub Inventory & Locator.png|border|800px|Figure 19- Sub Inventory & Locator Tab.png]] |
| | ||
− | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator">Add a Sub Inventory and Locator </span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> | + | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory_and_Locator">Add a Sub Inventory and Locator </span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === |
#Select '''Add Sub Inventory & Locator''' from the menu. This opens the '''Add New Sub Inventory & Locator''' pop-up window. | #Select '''Add Sub Inventory & Locator''' from the menu. This opens the '''Add New Sub Inventory & Locator''' pop-up window. | ||
Line 375: | Line 394: | ||
#Select '''Save''' to finish or '''Cancel''' to abort. | #Select '''Save''' to finish or '''Cancel''' to abort. | ||
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 11: Add New Sub Inventory and Locator''' |
− | '''[[File:Figure | + | '''[[File:Figure 11- Add New SubInventory and Locator.png|border|RTENOTITLE]]''' |
| | ||
− | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory">Add a Sub Inventory</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> | + | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory">Add a Sub Inventory</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === |
Users may also add a sub inventory (without a locator). To add an individual sub inventory to the PN selected: | Users may also add a sub inventory (without a locator). To add an individual sub inventory to the PN selected: | ||
Line 389: | Line 408: | ||
#The new sub inventory will populate on the screen'''.''' | #The new sub inventory will populate on the screen'''.''' | ||
− | + | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Sub_Inventory">Delete a Sub Inventory</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === | |
+ | |||
+ | Users may also delete a sub inventory (without a locator). To delete an individual sub inventory to the PN selected: | ||
+ | |||
+ | #Select the desired sub inventory from the drop-down list provided. | ||
+ | #Select the Delete button from the toolbar provided'''.''' | ||
− | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab">Part Properties: Asset Type | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Asset_Type_Tab">Part Properties: Asset Type</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
− | Under the '''Asset Type | + | Under the '''Asset Type page''', users can '''add''' and '''delete''' asset types assigned to a part number. |
− | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Asset_Type">Add an Asset Type</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> | + | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Asset_Type">Add an Asset Type</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === |
#Select '''Add''' from the menu tab. | #Select '''Add''' from the menu tab. | ||
#Select the asset type from the list that populates in the pop-up window. | #Select the asset type from the list that populates in the pop-up window. | ||
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 12: Add Asset Type''' |
− | [[File:Figure | + | [[File:Figure 12- Add Asset Type.png|border|800px|Figure 21- Add Asset Type.png]] |
− | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Asset_Type">Delete an Asset Type </span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> | + | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_an_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Asset_Type"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Asset_Type">Delete an Asset Type </span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === |
#Select the asset type by activating the checkbox next to its name. | #Select the asset type by activating the checkbox next to its name. | ||
Line 410: | Line 434: | ||
#The asset type is now removed from the given part. | #The asset type is now removed from the given part. | ||
− | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories">Part Properties: Part Categories</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Properties:_Part_Categories">Part Properties: Part Categories</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
Users can '''Add '''or '''Delete '''Part Categories from the Part Categories Tab while editing a specific Part. | Users can '''Add '''or '''Delete '''Part Categories from the Part Categories Tab while editing a specific Part. | ||
Line 416: | Line 440: | ||
| | ||
− | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories">Add Part Categories</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> | + | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Part_Categories">Add Part Categories</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === |
#Select '''Add''' from the menu tab. | #Select '''Add''' from the menu tab. | ||
#Select the part category from the list that populates in the pop-up window. | #Select the part category from the list that populates in the pop-up window. | ||
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 13: Add Part Category in Edit Part List''' |
− | [[File:Figure | + | [[File:Figure 13- Add Part Category in Edit Part List.png|border|800px|RTENOTITLE]] |
| | ||
− | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2">Delete a Part Category</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> </span></span> | + | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Delete_a_Part_Category_2">Delete a Part Category</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> </span></span></span></span></span> === |
#Select the part category by activating the checkbox next to its name. | #Select the part category by activating the checkbox next to its name. | ||
Line 434: | Line 458: | ||
| | ||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
'' '' | '' '' | ||
Line 453: | Line 463: | ||
| | ||
− | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts_Submodule">Receive Parts[[File:Receive parts | + | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Receive_Parts_Submodule">Receive Parts[[File:Receive parts icon1.png|Receive parts icon.png]] </span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> = |
Within the '''Receive Parts''' submodule users receive deliveries and increase cycle counts. | Within the '''Receive Parts''' submodule users receive deliveries and increase cycle counts. | ||
Line 459: | Line 469: | ||
Within '''Receive Parts''', users can '''search/filter''' the part listing; '''add''' received parts; '''edit''' received parts, and '''export''' received part information. | Within '''Receive Parts''', users can '''search/filter''' the part listing; '''add''' received parts; '''edit''' received parts, and '''export''' received part information. | ||
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 14: Receive Parts Filtering Option''' |
− | [[File:Figure | + | [[File:Figure 14- Receive Parts Filtering Option.png|border|900px|Figure 32- Receive Parts Filtering Option.png]] |
| | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts">Search/Filter Receive Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Receive_Parts">Search/Filter Receive Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
Users may search according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the '''Receive Parts''' Submodule: | Users may search according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the '''Receive Parts''' Submodule: | ||
Line 482: | Line 492: | ||
| | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts">Add Receive Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Receive_Parts">Add Receive Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
| | ||
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 15: Add Receive Parts Pop-up Window''' |
− | [[File:Figure | + | [[File:Figure 15- Add Receive Parts Pop up Window.png|border|700px|RTENOTITLE]]<br/> <br/> <br/> To '''add received parts''':<br/> 1.From the'''Receive Parts''' sub-module page, select'''ADD EVEIVE PARTS'''. The''' '''Add Receive Parts pop-up menu displays'''.'''<br/> 2. Complete the fields provided:' |
− | *'''Part Number''': (Mandatory) A drop-down screen displays; users can search by: '''Part Number''', '''MFG Part Number''', or '''AVL MFG'''. | + | *'''Part Number''': (Mandatory) A drop-down screen displays; users can search by: '''Part Number''', '''MFG Part Number''', '''QOH''' or '''AVL MFG'''. |
*'''Sub Inventory''': (Mandatory) Scroll bar allows users to search lists. | *'''Sub Inventory''': (Mandatory) Scroll bar allows users to search lists. | ||
*'''Source Type''': (Mandatory) '''<u>Note</u>''': Select '''Internal,''' '''External'''., or '''WR'''. Internal denotes inside the company; external denotes outside the company. | *'''Source Type''': (Mandatory) '''<u>Note</u>''': Select '''Internal,''' '''External'''., or '''WR'''. Internal denotes inside the company; external denotes outside the company. | ||
Line 509: | Line 519: | ||
'''<u>Note</u>''': Issue #, PO #, and RTV # cannot all be blank. At least one must be populated. | '''<u>Note</u>''': Issue #, PO #, and RTV # cannot all be blank. At least one must be populated. | ||
− | *'''Status''': Choose Pending or Completed. | + | *'''Status''':(Mandatory) Choose Pending or Completed. |
*'''Qty UOM''': Enter the unit of measure for the quantity received. | *'''Qty UOM''': Enter the unit of measure for the quantity received. | ||
− | *'''Received Qty''': Enter the quantity of PNs being received. | + | *'''Received Qty''': (Mandatory) Enter the quantity of PNs being received. |
*'''Received Date:''' (Mandatory). The current date is populated by default. | *'''Received Date:''' (Mandatory). The current date is populated by default. | ||
*'''Receiving User: '''The current user is populated by default. | *'''Receiving User: '''The current user is populated by default. | ||
Line 517: | Line 527: | ||
*'''Remark''': Add any additional comments. | *'''Remark''': Add any additional comments. | ||
− | '''3. '''Select | + | '''3. '''Select '''Save''' to finish or'' '''''Cancel''' to abort. |
<br/> '''<u>Note</u>''': Items in pending status do not have a Receive# assigned. If an item is in pending status, the Receive# field will remain blank. | <br/> '''<u>Note</u>''': Items in pending status do not have a Receive# assigned. If an item is in pending status, the Receive# field will remain blank. | ||
Line 523: | Line 533: | ||
The cycle counts/QOH(Qty on Hand) will increase after the receive parts process. | The cycle counts/QOH(Qty on Hand) will increase after the receive parts process. | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Receive_Parts">Edit Receive Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Receive_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Receive_Parts">Edit Receive Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
To edit received parts: | To edit received parts: | ||
Line 529: | Line 539: | ||
1. From the Receive Parts sub-module page, select an entry from the list. The Edit function displays. | 1. From the Receive Parts sub-module page, select an entry from the list. The Edit function displays. | ||
− | 2. Select '''Edit'''. The Edit Receive Parts pop-up window appears | + | 2. Select '''Edit'''. The Edit Receive Parts pop-up window appears. |
− | + | 3. Update associated field then select Save or Cancel. | |
− | + | '''Figure 16: Edit Receive Parts Pop-up Window''' | |
− | + | '''''[[File:Figure 16- Edit Receive Parts Pop-up Window.png|border|700px|Figure 38- Edit Receive Parts Pop-up Window.png]]''''' | |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | '''''[[File:Figure | ||
| | ||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
| | ||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
| | ||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | | + | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Issue_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Issue_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Issue_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Issue_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Issue_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Issue_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Issue_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Issue_Parts_Submodule">Issue Parts [[File:Issue parts icon1.png|Issue parts icon.png]]</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> = |
− | | + | The Issue Parts submodule is used to dispatch parts in and out of the manufacturing system. Parts may be removed from the system due to poor quality (poor quality parts are scrapped or refurbished); or dispatched into production. Issue Parts and Cycle Counts are connected submodules; as parts are issued, inventory in the cycle count is reduced to reflect the transaction. From the Issue Parts sub-module page, users can search/filter the listing; or add, edit, or export issue parts data. |
| | ||
− | |||
− | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Issue_Parts">Search/Filter Issue Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Issue_Parts"> | ||
#Users may search according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the Issue PartsSubmodule: | #Users may search according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the Issue PartsSubmodule: | ||
Line 615: | Line 574: | ||
'''<u><span id="docs-internal-guid-4e0e6b59-7bf5-0418-f505-078a67af1749">Note</span></u>''': By default, '''Pending '''status will be selected as a filtering option. To view '''Issue Parts '''records in '''Completed '''or '''Cancelled '''statuses, select the desired category from the top menu bar and select the search icon (e.g. magnifying glass). | '''<u><span id="docs-internal-guid-4e0e6b59-7bf5-0418-f505-078a67af1749">Note</span></u>''': By default, '''Pending '''status will be selected as a filtering option. To view '''Issue Parts '''records in '''Completed '''or '''Cancelled '''statuses, select the desired category from the top menu bar and select the search icon (e.g. magnifying glass). | ||
− | | + | *'''SubInventory''': |
+ | *'''Receiving Dept''' | ||
+ | <ol start="2"> | ||
+ | <li> Select filtering option(s).</li> | ||
+ | <li>Choose the search icon(e.g. magnifying glass).</li> | ||
+ | </ol> | ||
| | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Issue_Parts"> | + | |
+ | |||
+ | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Issue_Parts">Add Issue Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | ||
'''To '''add an entry to the Issue Parts page: | '''To '''add an entry to the Issue Parts page: | ||
− | #Select | + | #Select '''ADD ISSUE PARTS''' from the menu. The Add Issue Partspop-up window appears. |
− | #Complete the fields provided: (Refer to the [[#Glossary_of_Terms|Glossary of | + | #Complete the fields provided: (Refer to the [[#Glossary_of_Terms|Glossary of ]]Terms for more information) |
*'''Part Number''': (Mandatory) Drop-down menu provides a list of part numbers to further limit the search: '''Part Number''', '''Part Name''', '''MFG PN''', or '''AVL PN'''. | *'''Part Number''': (Mandatory) Drop-down menu provides a list of part numbers to further limit the search: '''Part Number''', '''Part Name''', '''MFG PN''', or '''AVL PN'''. | ||
− | *'''Sub Inventory''': (Mandatory) Scroll '''sub inventory'''locations with the drop-down menu provided. | + | *'''Sub Inventory''': (Mandatory) Scroll '''sub '''<span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">'''inventory '''locations</span> with the drop-down menu provided. |
*'''Locator''': (Mandatory) Scroll locators (buildings) with the drop-down menu provided. | *'''Locator''': (Mandatory) Scroll locators (buildings) with the drop-down menu provided. | ||
*'''Location''': Drop-down menu provides a list of buildings and floors in a tree format. | *'''Location''': Drop-down menu provides a list of buildings and floors in a tree format. | ||
− | *'''Production Line''': Enter the number or name of the '''production line'''the machine associated with the issued '''PN'''operates | + | *'''Production Line''': Enter the number or name of the '''production '''<span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">'''line '''the</span> machine associated with the issued '''PN'''operates |
*'''Asset''': Select the '''Asset'''(machine) to which the PN is associated. | *'''Asset''': Select the '''Asset'''(machine) to which the PN is associated. | ||
− | *'''Shift''': Enter the '''shift'''during which the part was issued, if applicable. | + | *'''Shift''': Enter the <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">'''shift '''during</span> which the part was issued, if applicable. |
*'''Confirmed By''': Name of the employee issuing the PN | *'''Confirmed By''': Name of the employee issuing the PN | ||
− | *'''Reason''': (Mandatory) Choose '''Poor Quality'''or '''Issued to Production'''. | + | *'''Reason''': (Mandatory) Choose '''Poor '''<span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">'''Quality '''or</span> '''Issued to Production'''. |
− | *'''WO#''': If the Part is being rebuilt, enter the '''Work Order'''number assigned to the task. | + | *'''WO#''': If the Part is being rebuilt, enter the '''Work '''<span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">'''Order '''number</span> assigned to the task. |
− | *'''Status''': Pending/Completed | + | *'''Status''':(Mandatory)Pending/Completed |
*'''Qty Uom''': '''PN'''’s quantity Unit of Measure | *'''Qty Uom''': '''PN'''’s quantity Unit of Measure | ||
*'''Issued Qty''': (Mandatory) | *'''Issued Qty''': (Mandatory) | ||
*'''Receiver''': (Mandatory) | *'''Receiver''': (Mandatory) | ||
− | *'''Received Date''': Add the date the PN was received. | + | *'''Received Date''': (Mandatory)Add the date the PN was received. |
*'''Vendor''': (Mandatory) Choose the '''Vendor'''from the drop-down menu. Only vendors associated with the given part are available for selection. | *'''Vendor''': (Mandatory) Choose the '''Vendor'''from the drop-down menu. Only vendors associated with the given part are available for selection. | ||
− | *'''Currency''': The type of currency according to country. The '''Currency'''field automatically populates based on the part number selected. | + | *'''Currency''': The type of currency according to country. The <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">'''Currency '''field</span> automatically populates based on the part number selected. |
− | *'''Unit Cost''': The '''Unit Cost'''field populates based on the PN selected. | + | *'''Unit Cost''': The '''Unit '''<span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">'''Cost '''field</span> populates based on the PN selected. |
− | *'''Source Type''': Select from the drop-down list. Options include: Internal or External. '''''' | + | *'''Source Type'''''<b>:</b>''(Mandatory) Select from the drop-down list. Options include: Internal or External.''''' ''''' |
**'''External''': Refers to items manufactured by an outside vendor. | **'''External''': Refers to items manufactured by an outside vendor. | ||
**'''Internal''': Refers to items manufactured within the parent company. | **'''Internal''': Refers to items manufactured within the parent company. | ||
*'''Source''': The company or department that supplies the part based on External or Internal selection. Utilize the drop-down menu to select the desired source. | *'''Source''': The company or department that supplies the part based on External or Internal selection. Utilize the drop-down menu to select the desired source. | ||
− | *'''Current User''': The current user is displayed by default. | + | *'''Current User''': The current user is displayed by default. Alternatively, users may select another user from the drop-down menu. |
*'''Receiving Dept:''' The department where the part will be issued. Select the department from the drop-down list; the list is displayed in tree format. | *'''Receiving Dept:''' The department where the part will be issued. Select the department from the drop-down list; the list is displayed in tree format. | ||
*'''Description''': Provide any extra information that might be helpful to plant personnel. | *'''Description''': Provide any extra information that might be helpful to plant personnel. | ||
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 17: Add Issue Parts Pop-up Window''' |
− | '''''[[File:Figure | + | '''''[[File:Figure 17- Add Issue Parts Pop-up Window.png|border|800px|RTENOTITLE]]''''' |
'''<u>Note</u>''': The cycle counts/QOH(Qty on Hand) will decrease after the issue parts process. | '''<u>Note</u>''': The cycle counts/QOH(Qty on Hand) will decrease after the issue parts process. | ||
Line 660: | Line 626: | ||
| | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Issue_Parts"> | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Issue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Issue_Parts">Edit Issue Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
To edit issue parts: | To edit issue parts: | ||
Line 674: | Line 640: | ||
'''Figure 26: Edit Issue Parts''' | '''Figure 26: Edit Issue Parts''' | ||
− | '''''[[File:Figure | + | '''''[[File:Figure 18- Edit Issue Parts.png|border|800px|RTENOTITLE]]''''' |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | | + | <span class="mw-headline" id=""><span class="mw-headline" id=""> </span></span> |
− | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Return_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Return_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Return_Parts_Submodule"> | + | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Return_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Return_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Return_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Return_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Return_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Return_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Return_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Return_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Return_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Return_Parts_Submodule">Return Parts [[File:Return parts icon1.png|Return parts icon.png]]</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> = |
Return Parts submodule is used to record those parts sent back to the vendor. Changes in the Return Partssubmodule are reflected in the Cycle Countinventory. In the Return Partsmodule, users can search/filter, add, edit,or exportinformation about returned parts. | Return Parts submodule is used to record those parts sent back to the vendor. Changes in the Return Partssubmodule are reflected in the Cycle Countinventory. In the Return Partsmodule, users can search/filter, add, edit,or exportinformation about returned parts. | ||
Line 694: | Line 651: | ||
| | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Return_Parts">Search/Filter Return Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Return_Parts">Search/Filter Return Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
− | 1. | + | 1.Users may search according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the Return PartsSubmodule: |
− | *RTV# (Return to Vendor) | + | *'''RTV# (Return to Vendor)''' |
− | *Receive# | + | *'''Receive#''' |
− | *Returned Date From | + | *'''Returned Date From''' |
− | *Returned Date To | + | *'''Returned Date To''' |
− | *Status' | + | *'''Status''' |
− | 2. | + | 2.Select filtering options. |
3. Choose the search icon (e.g. magnifying glass). | 3. Choose the search icon (e.g. magnifying glass). | ||
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 19: Return Part Main Menu'' ''''' |
+ | |||
+ | '''[[File:Figure 19- Return Part Main Menu.png|border|900px|Figure 46- Return Part Main Menu.png]]''' | ||
− | + | | |
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Return_Parts">Add Return Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Return_Parts">Add Return Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
− | + | To Return a received part: | |
− | #<span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bb0-8258-48b1-7ff6b631d944">Select the</span>Receive | + | #<span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bb0-8258-48b1-7ff6b631d944">Select the </span>Receive Part from the list of entries by activating the checkmark. |
− | <u><span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bb0-8258-48b1-7ff6b631d944">Note</span></u>: Only parts in received status may be returned. If a complete list is not available, the status filter may have been applied. Users may need to refresh the screen to view parts in all status conditions. | + | '''<u><span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bb0-8258-48b1-7ff6b631d944">Note</span></u>''': Only parts in received status may be returned. If a complete list is not available, the status filter may have been applied. Users may need to refresh the screen to view parts in all status conditions. |
<ol start="2"> | <ol start="2"> | ||
<li><span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bb0-8258-48b1-7ff6b631d944">Select the </span>Add icon</li> | <li><span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bb0-8258-48b1-7ff6b631d944">Select the </span>Add icon</li> | ||
Line 725: | Line 684: | ||
</ol> | </ol> | ||
− | *Receive#: Number assigned to the part being returned: choose from the list available in the drop-down menu. <u> | + | *Receive#: (Mandatory)Number assigned to the part being returned: choose from the list available in the drop-down menu. '''<u>Note</u>''': Recieve numbers are generated automatically after the return parts record moves to completed status. |
*Returned Qty: # of parts being returned to vendor (Mandatory) | *Returned Qty: # of parts being returned to vendor (Mandatory) | ||
− | *Qty Uom: The Qty Uomfield automatically populates based on the part number. Qty | + | *Qty Uom: The Qty Uomfield automatically populates based on the part number. Qty refers to the part’s unit of measure, or how the part is packaged. For example, EA (each) defines the part as a separate item. Qty Uom is plant-specific based on part size, shape, and packaging. |
*Returned By: Identify the person completing the return (Mandatory) | *Returned By: Identify the person completing the return (Mandatory) | ||
*Returned Date: Choose the date the part is to be returned from the drop-down calendar (Mandatory)' | *Returned Date: Choose the date the part is to be returned from the drop-down calendar (Mandatory)' | ||
Line 733: | Line 692: | ||
*Remark: Enter any additional information in the textbox provided (Optional) | *Remark: Enter any additional information in the textbox provided (Optional) | ||
− | 6. Select Save to finish or | + | 6. Select Save to finish or Cancel to abort. |
'''<u>Note</u>''': If the system will not accept a return, it is possible the part has already been returned. Navigate to the Receive module to check the part's history. | '''<u>Note</u>''': If the system will not accept a return, it is possible the part has already been returned. Navigate to the Receive module to check the part's history. | ||
Line 739: | Line 698: | ||
'''Figure 28: Add Return Parts''' | '''Figure 28: Add Return Parts''' | ||
− | '''[[File:Figure | + | '''[[File:Figure 20- Add Return Parts.png|border|RTENOTITLE]]''' |
| | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts">Edit Return Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Return_Parts">Edit Return Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
− | #After Return | + | #After Return Parts are added, they can similarly be edited. |
#Select an entry from the Return Partslist. | #Select an entry from the Return Partslist. | ||
#Select '''Edit'''. The Edit Return Parts pop-up window displays. | #Select '''Edit'''. The Edit Return Parts pop-up window displays. | ||
#Edit the fields provided | #Edit the fields provided | ||
# Select '''Save''' to finish or '''Cancel''' to abort. | # Select '''Save''' to finish or '''Cancel''' to abort. | ||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
| | ||
− | + | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Adjust_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Adjust_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Adjust_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Adjust_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Adjust_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Adjust_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Adjust_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Adjust_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Adjust_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Adjust_Parts_Submodule">Adjust Parts[[File:Adjust parts icon1.png|Adjust parts icon.png]]</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> = | |
− | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Adjust_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Adjust_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Adjust_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Adjust_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Adjust_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Adjust_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Adjust_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Adjust_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Adjust_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Adjust_Parts_Submodule">Adjust Parts[[File:Adjust parts icon.png]]</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> = | ||
The Adjust Parts submodule is used to record any discrepancies in the actual number of parts recorded in the CMMS system. | The Adjust Parts submodule is used to record any discrepancies in the actual number of parts recorded in the CMMS system. | ||
Line 773: | Line 718: | ||
In the Adjust Parts submodule, users can search/filter, add, or edit data. | In the Adjust Parts submodule, users can search/filter, add, or edit data. | ||
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 21: Adjust Parts''' |
− | '''[[File:Figure | + | '''[[File:Figure 21- Adjust Parts.png|border|900px|Figure 50- Main Menu- Adjust Parts.png]]'''<br/> |
− | == <span class="mw-headline"><span class="mw-headline"><span class="mw-headline"><span class="mw-headline"><span class="mw-headline"><span class="mw-headline"><span class="mw-headline"><span class="mw-headline"><span class="mw-headline"><span class="mw-headline">Search/Filter Adjust Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline"><span class="mw-headline"><span class="mw-headline"><span class="mw-headline"><span class="mw-headline"><span class="mw-headline"><span class="mw-headline"><span class="mw-headline"><span class="mw-headline"><span class="mw-headline">Search/Filter Adjust Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
#Users may search for Adjust Parts entries according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the Adjust Parts Submodule: | #Users may search for Adjust Parts entries according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the Adjust Parts Submodule: | ||
Line 788: | Line 733: | ||
<ol start="2"> | <ol start="2"> | ||
<li>Select filtering option(s).</li> | <li>Select filtering option(s).</li> | ||
− | <li> | + | <li>Choose the search icon (e.g. magnifying glass).</li> |
− | Choose the search icon (e.g. magnifying glass). | ||
− | </li> | ||
</ol> | </ol> | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts">Add Adjust Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Adjust_Parts">Add Adjust Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
To add an entry to Adjust Parts: | To add an entry to Adjust Parts: | ||
− | # | + | #Select '''Add''' from the Adjust Parts menu. |
− | Select Add from the Adjust Parts menu. | + | #The '''Add Adjust Parts''' pop-up window displays. |
− | + | #Complete the provided fields: | |
− | # | ||
− | The Add Adjust Parts pop-up window displays. | ||
− | |||
− | # | ||
− | Complete the provided fields: | ||
+ | | ||
*Part Number (Mandatory) Select the PN from the drop-down list | *Part Number (Mandatory) Select the PN from the drop-down list | ||
Line 813: | Line 752: | ||
*System Qty: This field is automatically populated when the user selects the location(s) | *System Qty: This field is automatically populated when the user selects the location(s) | ||
*Actual Qty: (Mandatory) | *Actual Qty: (Mandatory) | ||
− | *Approved By: Select the administrator with approval permissions from the drop-down menu. Note: Approvers are added to the system within the CMMS Admin portal. (Shop Floor Control > Configuration > CMMS Admin > Group > Add User) | + | *Approved By: (Mandatory)Select the administrator with approval permissions from the drop-down menu. Note: Approvers are added to the system within the CMMS Admin portal. (Shop Floor Control > Configuration > CMMS Admin > Group > Add User) |
− | *Status: Select: Pending, Rejected, or Cancelled | + | *Status: (Mandatory)Select: Pending, Rejected, or Cancelled |
*Description (Optional) | *Description (Optional) | ||
<ol start="4"> | <ol start="4"> | ||
− | <li> | + | <li>Select '''Save''' to finish or '''Cancel''' to abort.</li> |
− | Select '''Save''' to finish or '''Cancel''' to abort. | ||
− | </li> | ||
</ol> | </ol> | ||
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 22: Add Adjust Parts''' |
− | '''''[[File:Figure | + | '''''[[File:Figure 22- Add Adjust Parts.png|border|RTENOTITLE]]''''' |
| | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts">Edit Adjust Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Adjust_Parts">Edit Adjust Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
To editan Adjust Partsentry: | To editan Adjust Partsentry: | ||
Line 844: | Line 781: | ||
2. Only the creator and approver can edit the requested adjustment.' | 2. Only the creator and approver can edit the requested adjustment.' | ||
− | + | | |
− | + | | |
− | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Subinventory_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Subinventory_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Subinventory_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Subinventory_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Subinventory_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Subinventory_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Subinventory_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Subinventory_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Subinventory_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Subinventory_Submodule">Subinventory[[File:Subinventory icon.png]]</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> = | + | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Subinventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Subinventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Subinventory_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Subinventory_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Subinventory_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Subinventory_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Subinventory_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Subinventory_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Subinventory_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Subinventory_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Subinventory_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Subinventory_Submodule">Subinventory[[File:Subinventory.png|Subinventory icon.png]]</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> = |
The Subinventorysubmodule of Spare Parts is useful for managing sites that house parts at multiple locations. In the Subinventorysubmodule, users can addand editsub inventory locations; and mark sub inventory locations as Active/Inactive. | The Subinventorysubmodule of Spare Parts is useful for managing sites that house parts at multiple locations. In the Subinventorysubmodule, users can addand editsub inventory locations; and mark sub inventory locations as Active/Inactive. | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Subinventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Subinventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Subinventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Subinventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Subinventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Subinventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Subinventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Subinventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Subinventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Subinventory">Add Subinventory</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Subinventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Subinventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Subinventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Subinventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Subinventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Subinventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Subinventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Subinventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Subinventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Subinventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Subinventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Subinventory">Add Subinventory</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
To add an entry: | To add an entry: | ||
− | #Select Add from the | + | #Select '''Add''' from the Subinventory menu. The Add Subinventorypop-up window displays. |
#Complete the fields provided: | #Complete the fields provided: | ||
Line 864: | Line 801: | ||
*'''Description''': Add any description that may be helpful to plant personnel. | *'''Description''': Add any description that may be helpful to plant personnel. | ||
− | 3. Select '''Save | + | 3. Select '''Save '''to finish or select '''Cancel''' to abort.<br/> '' '' |
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 23: Add Subinventory''' |
− | '''[[File:Figure | + | '''[[File:Figure 23- Add Sub Inventory.png|border|RTENOTITLE]]''' |
| | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory">Edit Sub Inventory</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory">Edit Sub Inventory</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
To edit Sub Inventoryentries: | To edit Sub Inventoryentries: | ||
Line 878: | Line 815: | ||
#Select an entry from the Sub Inventorylist. | #Select an entry from the Sub Inventorylist. | ||
#Select '''Edit''' from the menu. The Edit Sub Inventory pop-up window appears. This window is comprised of two tabs: Generaland Locator. | #Select '''Edit''' from the menu. The Edit Sub Inventory pop-up window appears. This window is comprised of two tabs: Generaland Locator. | ||
− | + | #Edit any of the fields as needed: | |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
*Name | *Name | ||
Line 893: | Line 823: | ||
| | ||
− | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab">Edit Sub Inventory: Locator | + | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Sub_Inventory:_Locator_Tab">Edit Sub Inventory: Locator</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === |
− | Within the Locator | + | Within the Locator page, users may change Locator information connected to the selected Sub Inventory. |
− | The following functions can be performed: Add, Edit, | + | The following functions can be performed: '''Add, Edit, Activate/Deactivate''', and Export. |
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 24: Edit Sub Inventory: Locator''' |
− | '''''[[File:Figure | + | '''''[[File:Figure 24- Edit Sub Inventory- Locator.png|border|800px|RTENOTITLE]]''''' |
| | ||
− | + | === <br/> <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Locator_to_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Locator_to_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Locator_to_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Locator_to_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Locator_to_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Locator_to_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Locator_to_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Locator_to_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Locator_to_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Locator_to_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Locator_to_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Locator_to_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Locator_to_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Locator_to_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Locator_to_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_a_Locator_to_the_Sub_Inventory">Add a Locator to the Sub Inventory</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === | |
− | #Select | + | #Select '''Add''' from the Locator tabmenu. The '''Add Form''' pop-up window appears. |
#Complete the provided fields: | #Complete the provided fields: | ||
− | *Name: Assign a title to the location. (e.g. Line 1; Building 3; Floor A; etc.) | + | *'''Name''': Assign a title to the location. (e.g. Line 1; Building 3; Floor A; etc.) |
− | *Active: Activate the checkbox to assign Active/Inactive status. Active is checked. | + | *'''Active''': Activate the checkbox to assign Active/Inactive status. Active is checked. |
− | *Description: Add any description that may be helpful to plant personnel. | + | *'''Description''': Add any description that may be helpful to plant personnel. |
− | 3. Select | + | 3. Select Save to complete or Cancel to abort. |
− | <br/> '''Figure | + | <br/> '''Figure 25: Add Locator to Sub Inventory''' |
− | '''''[[File:Figure | + | '''''[[File:Figure 25- Add Locator to Subinventory.png|border|RTENOTITLE]]''''' |
− | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory">Edit a Locator in the Sub Inventory</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> | + | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Locator_in_the_Sub_Inventory">Edit a Locator in the Sub Inventory</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === |
#<span class="mw-headline" id=".27Select_an_entry_from_the_Locator_tab_listby_activating_the_checkmark_next_to_the_entry..27">Select an entry from the Locator tab listby activating the checkmark next to the entry.</span> | #<span class="mw-headline" id=".27Select_an_entry_from_the_Locator_tab_listby_activating_the_checkmark_next_to_the_entry..27">Select an entry from the Locator tab listby activating the checkmark next to the entry.</span> | ||
Line 929: | Line 859: | ||
| | ||
− | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar">Change Active Status: Menu Bar</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> | + | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar"><span class="mw-headline" id="Change_Active_Status:_Menu_Bar">Change Active Status: Menu Bar</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === |
− | Locator Status can alternatively be changed from the | + | Locator Status can alternatively be changed from the '''Activate/Deactivate''' Icon located on the top menu bar . |
To change the active status: | To change the active status: | ||
#Select an entry from the Locator tab listby activating the checkmark next to the entry. | #Select an entry from the Locator tab listby activating the checkmark next to the entry. | ||
− | #Select the ''' | + | #Select the '''Activate/Deactivate''' icon. |
− | + | | |
| | ||
− | + | | |
− | + | | |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Scrap_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Scrap_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Scrap_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Scrap_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Scrap_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Scrap_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Scrap_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Scrap_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Scrap_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Scrap_Parts_Submodule">Scrap Parts[[File:Scrap parts icon.png]]</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> = | + | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Scrap_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Scrap_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Scrap_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Scrap_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Scrap_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Scrap_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Scrap_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Scrap_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Scrap_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Scrap_Parts_Submodule">Scrap Parts[[File:Scrap parts icon1.png|Scrap parts icon.png]]</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> = |
<br/> Damaged parts that cannot be reused must be removed from the Cycle Count. The Scrap Partssubmodule manages these unusable parts. Scrap Partnumbers are reflected in the Cycle Countsubmodule. Within the ScrapParts submodule, users can perform the following functions: search, add, edit, and export. | <br/> Damaged parts that cannot be reused must be removed from the Cycle Count. The Scrap Partssubmodule manages these unusable parts. Scrap Partnumbers are reflected in the Cycle Countsubmodule. Within the ScrapParts submodule, users can perform the following functions: search, add, edit, and export. | ||
Line 958: | Line 884: | ||
'''<u>Note</u>''': Scrap parts action happened at the shop floor, which means it won’t reduce qty again when scraped at Shop Floor, because the qty changed at the time of issuing parts. | '''<u>Note</u>''': Scrap parts action happened at the shop floor, which means it won’t reduce qty again when scraped at Shop Floor, because the qty changed at the time of issuing parts. | ||
− | <br/> '''Figure | + | <br/> '''Figure 26: Scrap Parts Main Menu''' |
− | '''[[File: | + | '''[[File:Figure 26- Scrap Parts Main Page.png|border|900px|Figure 59- Scrap Parts Main Menu.png]]''' |
| | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Scrap_Parts">Search/Filter Scrap Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Scrap_Parts">Search/Filter Scrap Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
1. Users may search according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the Scrap PartsSubmodule: | 1. Users may search according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the Scrap PartsSubmodule: | ||
Line 976: | Line 902: | ||
| | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts">Add Scrap Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Scrap_Parts">Add Scrap Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
To add a Scrap Part entry: | To add a Scrap Part entry: | ||
− | #Select | + | #Select '''Add''' from the Scrap Part menu. The Add Scrapping pop-up menu appears. |
#Complete the fields provided. Drop-down menus are available to aid some selections. | #Complete the fields provided. Drop-down menus are available to aid some selections. | ||
*Part Number: (Mandatory) Select the PN from a drop-down menu list. | *Part Number: (Mandatory) Select the PN from a drop-down menu list. | ||
− | *Location: ( | + | *Location: (Optional) Floor or building where the parts are housed. The drop-down menu bar provides a diagram with departments in a tree format. |
*Production Line: (Optional) Production line associated with the scrapped part(s). | *Production Line: (Optional) Production line associated with the scrapped part(s). | ||
*Asset: (Mandatory) Machinery or equipment the scrap parts are assigned | *Asset: (Mandatory) Machinery or equipment the scrap parts are assigned | ||
Line 990: | Line 916: | ||
*Qty Uom: (This field automatically populates) Quantity Unit of Measure. | *Qty Uom: (This field automatically populates) Quantity Unit of Measure. | ||
*Scrapped Qty: (Mandatory) # of PN being removed from inventory. | *Scrapped Qty: (Mandatory) # of PN being removed from inventory. | ||
− | *Currency: ( | + | *Currency: (Mandatory)Select the type of currency per country. |
*Unit Cost: (This field automatically populates) Cost per unit. | *Unit Cost: (This field automatically populates) Cost per unit. | ||
*Confirmed By: (Optional)The operator completing the part transfer. | *Confirmed By: (Optional)The operator completing the part transfer. | ||
Line 997: | Line 923: | ||
3. Select '''Save''' to finish or '''Cancel''' to abort. | 3. Select '''Save''' to finish or '''Cancel''' to abort. | ||
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 27: Add Scrap Parts''' |
− | '''''[[File:Figure | + | '''''[[File:Figure 27- Add Scrap Parts.png|border|RTENOTITLE]]''''' |
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts">Edit Scrap Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Scrap_Parts">Edit Scrap Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
To edit Scrap Partentries: | To edit Scrap Partentries: | ||
#Select an entry from the Scrap Partslist by activating the checkmark next to the line of data. | #Select an entry from the Scrap Partslist by activating the checkmark next to the line of data. | ||
− | #Select '''Edit'''. The Edit | + | #Select '''Edit'''. The Edit Scrapping pop-up window appears. |
− | #Edit | + | #Edit the fields as needed from the preceding Add Scrap Partsaction: |
#Select '''Save''' to finish or '''Cancel''' to abort. | #Select '''Save''' to finish or '''Cancel''' to abort. | ||
| | ||
− | = | + | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Reuse_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Reuse_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Reuse_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Reuse_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Reuse_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Reuse_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Reuse_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Reuse_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Reuse_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Reuse_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Reuse_Parts_Submodule">Reuse Parts [[File:Reuse parts icon1.png|Reuse parts icon.png]]</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> = |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
Previously scrapped parts that have been refurbished for use and moved back into active inventory are managed within the Reuse Partssubmodule. | Previously scrapped parts that have been refurbished for use and moved back into active inventory are managed within the Reuse Partssubmodule. | ||
Line 1,032: | Line 946: | ||
On the Reuse Partspage, users can perform the following functions: search,add, edit, and export. | On the Reuse Partspage, users can perform the following functions: search,add, edit, and export. | ||
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 28: Reuse Parts Menu Bar''' |
− | [[File:Figure | + | [[File:Figure 28- Reuse Parts Menu Bar.png|border|900px|Figure 63- Reuse Parts Menu Bar.png]] |
− | == <br/> <span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts">Search/Filter Resue Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <br/> <span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Resue_Parts">Search/Filter Resue Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
#Users may search according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the Reuse Partssubmodule: | #Users may search according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the Reuse Partssubmodule: | ||
Line 1,050: | Line 964: | ||
| | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts">Add Reuse Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Reuse_Parts">Add Reuse Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
To add a Reused Partentry: | To add a Reused Partentry: | ||
− | #Select ''' | + | #Select '''ADD REUSE PARTS''' from the Reused Parts menu. The Add Reuse Partspop-up menu displays. |
#Enter the Old PNor choose from the list of Part Numbersprovided in the drop-down menu. | #Enter the Old PNor choose from the list of Part Numbersprovided in the drop-down menu. | ||
#Additional fields are populated by selecting a PN. | #Additional fields are populated by selecting a PN. | ||
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 29: Add Reuse Parts Drop-down Menu'''<br/> ''[[File:Figure 29- Add Reuse Parts.png|border|700px|RTENOTITLE]]'' |
4. Complete the fields provided. Drop-down menus are available to aid some selections.<br/> 5. Mandatory fields are Sub Inventoryand Locator. | 4. Complete the fields provided. Drop-down menus are available to aid some selections.<br/> 5. Mandatory fields are Sub Inventoryand Locator. | ||
Line 1,070: | Line 984: | ||
*Confirmed By | *Confirmed By | ||
*Qty Uom | *Qty Uom | ||
− | *Reused Qty | + | *Reused Qty(Mandatory field) |
− | *Vendor Currency | + | *Vendor Currency (Mandatory field) |
*Unit Price | *Unit Price | ||
− | *Cost Saving | + | *Cost Saving(Mandatory field) |
− | *Status: Choose Pendingor Completed. | + | *Status:(Mandatory field) Choose Pendingor Completed. |
*Description | *Description | ||
Line 1,081: | Line 995: | ||
| | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts">Edit Reuse Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Reuse_Parts">Edit Reuse Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
− | To | + | To edit entries: |
#Select an entry from the Reuse Partslist. | #Select an entry from the Reuse Partslist. | ||
#Select '''Edit'''. The Edit Reuse Partspop-up window appears. | #Select '''Edit'''. The Edit Reuse Partspop-up window appears. | ||
− | #Users may edit | + | #Users may edit the fields associated with a given Part Number: |
+ | #Select '''Save''' to finish or '''Cancel''' to abort. | ||
− | + | | |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
| | ||
− | |||
− | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count_Submodule">Cycle Count [[File: | + | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Cycle_Count_Submodule">Cycle Count [[File:CMMS cycle count.png|CMMS cycle count.png]]</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> = |
The Cycle Count submodule provides a paperless solution for the inventory process. Cycle counts are completed on a regular basis (e.g. daily, weekly, every third Monday, etc.) as determined by the needs of the plants. Within Cycle Count, employees count and record their plant’s machine parts. Cycle counts are always completed based upon the sub-inventory locations where machine parts are located within the manufacturing plant. Administrators can restrict access to approved users to control inventory costs.' | The Cycle Count submodule provides a paperless solution for the inventory process. Cycle counts are completed on a regular basis (e.g. daily, weekly, every third Monday, etc.) as determined by the needs of the plants. Within Cycle Count, employees count and record their plant’s machine parts. Cycle counts are always completed based upon the sub-inventory locations where machine parts are located within the manufacturing plant. Administrators can restrict access to approved users to control inventory costs.' | ||
Line 1,111: | Line 1,018: | ||
| | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count">Search/Filter Cycle Count</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Cycle_Count">Search/Filter Cycle Count</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
<span id="docs-internal-guid-2faab935-f2f4-d72f-d5a6-02ad2f051060">A list of all Plan Items (Planned Cycle Counts) displays. Plan Items are listed by the name designated.</span> | <span id="docs-internal-guid-2faab935-f2f4-d72f-d5a6-02ad2f051060">A list of all Plan Items (Planned Cycle Counts) displays. Plan Items are listed by the name designated.</span> | ||
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 30: Cycle Count Menu Bar''' |
− | [[File:Figure | + | [[File:Figure 30- Cycle Count Menu Bar.png|border|900px|Figure 67- Cycle Count Menu Bar.png]] |
| | ||
Line 1,133: | Line 1,040: | ||
| | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count">Add Cycle Count</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Cycle_Count">Add Cycle Count</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
<span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bc1-dba4-ba6a-dd79e5c2dd3d">Here, Users create the general parameters for their cycle count and create a name for the Cycle Count.</span>'''<u>Note</u>''': The actual tallying process is not completed in this field. Only the Cycle count plan name and parameters are selected here. | <span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bc1-dba4-ba6a-dd79e5c2dd3d">Here, Users create the general parameters for their cycle count and create a name for the Cycle Count.</span>'''<u>Note</u>''': The actual tallying process is not completed in this field. Only the Cycle count plan name and parameters are selected here. | ||
Line 1,141: | Line 1,048: | ||
*Plan Name: (Mandatory) Enter a Title for the inventory being counted. Plan Name is based on the location of the items being counted (i.e. Floor #1)'' | *Plan Name: (Mandatory) Enter a Title for the inventory being counted. Plan Name is based on the location of the items being counted (i.e. Floor #1)'' | ||
− | *Max Locators Per Item: ( | + | *Max Locators Per Item: (Mandatory) Enter the total number of physical locations <span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bc2-d6e9-1073-dd46b81df498">within the subinventory where the parts to be counted reside</span> (e.g. If parts being counted are located on 3 shelves in Building 1; and 2 shelves in Building 2, the Max Locator = 5).'' |
*Approved By: (Mandatory) <span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bc3-8220-f03f-ee137e37ef70">Select the supervisor who will approve the cycle count after it is completed.</span><u>NOTE</u>: The employee who creates the cycle count cannot select himself as the Approverfor that cycle count.'' | *Approved By: (Mandatory) <span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bc3-8220-f03f-ee137e37ef70">Select the supervisor who will approve the cycle count after it is completed.</span><u>NOTE</u>: The employee who creates the cycle count cannot select himself as the Approverfor that cycle count.'' | ||
*Description: (Optional) <span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bc4-10db-bcd2-b93c2d704b49">Add any other directions needed to complete the cycle count.</span>'' | *Description: (Optional) <span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bc4-10db-bcd2-b93c2d704b49">Add any other directions needed to complete the cycle count.</span>'' | ||
Line 1,147: | Line 1,054: | ||
3. Select '''Save''' to finish or '''Cancel''' to abort. | 3. Select '''Save''' to finish or '''Cancel''' to abort. | ||
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 31: Add Cycle Count''' |
− | [[File:Figure | + | [[File:Figure 31- Add Cycle Count.png|border|RTENOTITLE]] |
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count">Edit Cycle Count</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count">Edit Cycle Count</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
− | After users define a plan, they may edit the Cycle | + | After users define a plan, they may edit the Cycle Count and begin the inventory process. To edit Cycle Count Plan: |
− | #Select an entry from the Plan | + | #'''Select''' an entry from the '''Plan Name''' list. |
#Select '''Edit''' from the top menu bar menu. The Edit Cycle Count pop-up window displays. . The Edit Cycle Countwindow is comprised of the following tabs: General, Sub Inventory, and Plan Items. | #Select '''Edit''' from the top menu bar menu. The Edit Cycle Count pop-up window displays. . The Edit Cycle Countwindow is comprised of the following tabs: General, Sub Inventory, and Plan Items. | ||
− | + | #User may edit the fields as needed completed when the Cycle Count Plan was originally added to the system. | |
− | |||
− | |||
− | # | ||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
| | ||
− | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Cycle_Count:_Plan_Items_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Cycle_Count:_Plan_Items_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Cycle_Count:_Plan_Items_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Cycle_Count:_Plan_Items_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count:_Plan_Items_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count:_Plan_Items_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count:_Plan_Items_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count:_Plan_Items_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count:_Plan_Items_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count:_Plan_Items_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count:_Plan_Items_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count:_Plan_Items_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count:_Plan_Items_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count:_Plan_Items_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count:_Plan_Items_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count:_Plan_Items_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count:_Plan_Items_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Operate_Cycle_Count:_Plan_Items_Tab">Edit Cycle Count: Plan Items</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | |
− | + | The Plan Items page is the powerhouse of the Cycle Counts submodule. Within the Plan Items page, cycle counts are recorded and approved. Here, users can edit plan items, create a plan item, approve plan items, export plan items, or delete plan items. | |
− | |||
− | + | '''Figure 32: Actions available in Edit Cycle Count: Plan Items Tab'''<br/> ''[[File:Figure 32- Edit Cycle Count- Plan Items.png|border|900px|RTENOTITLE]]'' | |
− | + | #To'''Create a Plan Item''': | |
− | |||
− | ''' | ||
− | |||
− | |||
*Choose the '''Add''' icon. | *Choose the '''Add''' icon. | ||
Line 1,213: | Line 1,085: | ||
'''<u>Note</u>''': Users must first assign a Sub Inventory to a Plan Item before the system allows them to Create a Plan Item. | '''<u>Note</u>''': Users must first assign a Sub Inventory to a Plan Item before the system allows them to Create a Plan Item. | ||
− | | + | 2. Edit a Plan Item: <span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bc8-c4ab-fa2f-b42044f508ba">Whereas previous Cycle Count tabs are used to configure Cycle Count information, the Edit feature is used to execute a cycle count, and is comprised of four subtabs:</span>General, Locators, Cycle Count, and Adjust In/Out. Some of the tabs need to be completed in a specific order (see notes below). <span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bc9-e473-a285-043ed89018d0">The</span>Edit feature allows users to adjust quantities (Cycle Count), approve cycle counts (Adjust In/Out), and export locator details (Locators). |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | | ||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
| | ||
+ | <div> | ||
+ | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Locators"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Locators"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Locators"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Locators"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Locators"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Locators"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Locators"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Locators"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Locators"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Locators"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Locators"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Locators"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Locators"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Locators"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Locators"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Locators"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Locators"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Locators">Edit Plan Items : Locators</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === | ||
− | + | Within the Locators page, users can export information about a selected Locatorand its corresponding Sub Inventory in a .csv file onto their local drives. | |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | Within the Locators | ||
<div>To '''Export''':</div> | <div>To '''Export''':</div> | ||
#Mark the entry by activating the checkbox next to the line of information. | #Mark the entry by activating the checkbox next to the line of information. | ||
Line 1,249: | Line 1,097: | ||
#Information will automatically download in a .csv file onto the user’s local drive. | #Information will automatically download in a .csv file onto the user’s local drive. | ||
#Users may open the file, rename, save, share, or print as desired. | #Users may open the file, rename, save, share, or print as desired. | ||
+ | |||
+ | '''Figure 33: Edit Cycle Count: Plan Items export Locators''' | ||
+ | |||
+ | [[File:Figure 33- Edit Cycle Count- Plan Items export Locators.png|border|800px]] | ||
</div> | </div> | ||
− | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items">Edit Plan Items | + | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Cycle_Count_Items">Edit Plan Items: Cycle Count Items </span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === |
− | Within the Cycle Count | + | Within the Cycle Count Items page users complete the inventory process. Users can: |
#'''<span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bd2-e749-6bc6-a4f3fcf7d018">Search</span>''' for a Cycle count according to its status: Planned/Completed | #'''<span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bd2-e749-6bc6-a4f3fcf7d018">Search</span>''' for a Cycle count according to its status: Planned/Completed | ||
#'''<span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bd2-e749-6bc6-a4f3fcf7d018">Export</span>''' a .csv file of Cycle Count details onto their local drive to print, share or save. Plants may use this feature to print a hard copy of the items for inventory, and tally using traditional pen and paper in the physical location.'' | #'''<span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bd2-e749-6bc6-a4f3fcf7d018">Export</span>''' a .csv file of Cycle Count details onto their local drive to print, share or save. Plants may use this feature to print a hard copy of the items for inventory, and tally using traditional pen and paper in the physical location.'' | ||
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 34: Edit Plan Item: Cycle Count Menu''' |
− | [[File:Figure | + | [[File:Figure 34- Edit Plan Item- Cycle Count Menu.png|border|800px|RTENOTITLE]] |
| | ||
− | <span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bd4-08b9-bb3b-330d69fb2183">If additional part numbers not specified in the original Plan Item require counting, users may add them to the Plan Item using the</span> | + | <span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bd4-08b9-bb3b-330d69fb2183">If additional part numbers not specified in the original Plan Item require counting, users may add them to the Plan Item using the</span>Add feature. |
− | #<span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bd4-08b9-bb3b-330d69fb2183">To </span>Add Part | + | #<span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bd4-08b9-bb3b-330d69fb2183">To </span>'''Add Part Numbers '''to a Cycle Count Item: |
*Select the Plan Item by highlighting the entry. | *Select the Plan Item by highlighting the entry. | ||
− | *Choose the '''Add''' | + | *Choose the '''Add''' icon from the top menu bar. |
*This choice activates a pop-up window: Add Cycle Count Item(see Figure, below) | *This choice activates a pop-up window: Add Cycle Count Item(see Figure, below) | ||
*Complete the fields provided: ''' | *Complete the fields provided: ''' | ||
**Part Number | **Part Number | ||
− | ** | + | **Locator <span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bd5-b9c8-3330-f78d88bc8b98">(</span>'''<u>Note</u>''': Only the Sub Inventory/Locatorsdefined in the Plan Item are available for selection).'' |
**Actual Qty | **Actual Qty | ||
**Qty Uom: (Quantity Unit of Measure) This field automatically populates when Part Number is selected.'' | **Qty Uom: (Quantity Unit of Measure) This field automatically populates when Part Number is selected.'' | ||
Line 1,278: | Line 1,130: | ||
<u>'''Note''':</u>All fields are mandatory. | <u>'''Note''':</u>All fields are mandatory. | ||
− | *Select ''' | + | *Select '''SAVE''' to add the Cycle Count Item or '''CANCEL''' to cancel. |
+ | |||
+ | '''Figure 35: Add Cycle Count Item'''<br/> ''[[File:Figure 35- Add Cycle Count Item.png|border|RTENOTITLE]]<br/> '' | ||
− | + | | |
+ | <ol start="2"> | ||
+ | <li> | ||
+ | To Edit the Cycle Count: | ||
+ | </li> | ||
+ | </ol> | ||
− | | + | *Activate the checkmark next to the SubInventory to be counted. |
+ | *Select the Edit button from the toolbar to open the Edit Cycle Count Items sub-page | ||
+ | *Input the data at the Actual Qty text field. | ||
+ | *Select SAVE. | ||
+ | <ol start="3"> | ||
+ | <li> | ||
+ | To Submit the Cycle Count: | ||
+ | </li> | ||
+ | </ol> | ||
− | *Activate the checkmark next to the | + | *Activate the checkmark next to the SubInventory to be counted. |
− | * | + | *Select the Submit button from the toolbar. |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
| | ||
− | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut">Edit Plan Items | + | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Plan_Items_Sub-Tab:_Adjust_In.2FOut">Edit Plan Items: Adjust In/Out</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === |
− | Within the Adjust In/ | + | Within the Adjust In/Out sub-page, operators enter the actual quantity of parts being counted/inventoried for the selected Plan Item, or make a quantity adjustment using the Edit Tab. |
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 36: Adjust In/Out''' |
− | [[File: | + | [[File:Figure 36- Adjust In Out.png|border|RTENOTITLE]] |
| | ||
Line 1,311: | Line 1,174: | ||
*Select '''Save''' to complete or '''Cancel''' to abort. | *Select '''Save''' to complete or '''Cancel''' to abort. | ||
− | <br/> '''Figure | + | <br/> '''Figure 37: Edit Adjust In/Out''' |
− | [[File:Figure | + | [[File:Figure 37- Edit Adjust InOut.png|border|RTENOTITLE]] |
'''<u>Note</u>''': Once all inventory is recorded, the new totals are reflected in the list (See Actual Qtyand System Qtylines in Figure, below.) | '''<u>Note</u>''': Once all inventory is recorded, the new totals are reflected in the list (See Actual Qtyand System Qtylines in Figure, below.) | ||
− | + | | |
− | + | 2. Approve a Cycle Count: This is the most important feature of the Cycle Count submodule. There are several prerequisites that apply: | |
− | |||
− | 2 | ||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
*<span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9be6-576d-2633-a133c69b0b86">Only users assigned “</span>'''Approver'''” may approve a cycle count. The'''Approve by''' feature in the top menu bar will be deactivated if an unapproved user is working in the system. | *<span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9be6-576d-2633-a133c69b0b86">Only users assigned “</span>'''Approver'''” may approve a cycle count. The'''Approve by''' feature in the top menu bar will be deactivated if an unapproved user is working in the system. | ||
Line 1,344: | Line 1,198: | ||
| | ||
+ | == Delete Cycle Count == | ||
+ | | ||
+ | To '''delete''' a cycle count | ||
+ | |||
+ | #'''Select''' an entry from the Plan Name list. | ||
+ | #Select '''Delete''' from the top menu bar menu. | ||
+ | #Select '''YES''' to confirm or '''NO''' to abort. | ||
− | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule">Inventory View[[File:Inventory view icon.png]] </span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> = | + | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Inventory_View_Submodule">Inventory View[[File:Inventory view icon1.png|Inventory view icon.png]] </span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> = |
Inventory View allows users to conduct inspections of the various part numbers according to the exact location in the plant. | Inventory View allows users to conduct inspections of the various part numbers according to the exact location in the plant. | ||
Line 1,351: | Line 1,212: | ||
'''<u>Note</u>''':This submodule is view only, | '''<u>Note</u>''':This submodule is view only, | ||
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 38: Inventory View Main Menu Bar''' |
− | '''''''[[File:Figure | + | '''''''[[File:Figure 38- Inventory View Main Menu Bar.png|border|800px|RTENOTITLE]]''''''' |
| | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View">Search/Filter Inventory View</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Inventory_View">Search/Filter Inventory View</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
Users may limit their search by choosing from the following filter options: | Users may limit their search by choosing from the following filter options: | ||
Line 1,367: | Line 1,228: | ||
*Model: Enter the Model. | *Model: Enter the Model. | ||
− | + | Users may view additional information about the Part Numbers selected, and their status in the manufacturing process. | |
− | + | | |
#Select the entry from the list by highlighting the desired line of information. | #Select the entry from the list by highlighting the desired line of information. | ||
− | #A | + | #A toolbar displays on the top portion of the screen, allowing users to view the following additional information associated with the part number selected: Alternative Parts, Return to Vendors |
− | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Alternative_Parts_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Alternative_Parts_Tab">Alternative Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | |
− | + | Within the Alternative Parts page users may view the following information associated with the part number selected: | |
− | |||
− | Within the Alternative Parts | ||
*Part Number | *Part Number | ||
Line 1,388: | Line 1,247: | ||
*Safe Inventory | *Safe Inventory | ||
− | + | == <br/> <span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Return_to_Vendors_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Return_to_Vendors_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Return_to_Vendors_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Return_to_Vendors_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Return_to_Vendors_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Return_to_Vendors_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Return_to_Vendors_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Return_to_Vendors_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Return_to_Vendors_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Return_to_Vendors_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Return_to_Vendors_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Return_to_Vendors_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Return_to_Vendors_Tab"><span class="mw-headline" id="Additional_Inventory_View_Tabs:_Return_to_Vendors_Tab">Return to Vendors </span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | |
− | Within the Return to Vendors | + | Within the Return to Vendors page users may view the following information associated with the part number selected: |
*RTV# | *RTV# | ||
Line 1,400: | Line 1,259: | ||
*Returned By | *Returned By | ||
*Returned Qty | *Returned Qty | ||
− | *Qty Uom | + | *Qty Uom |
+ | |||
+ | | ||
+ | |||
− | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts_Submodule">Transfer Parts[[File:Transfer | + | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transfer_Parts_Submodule">Transfer Parts [[File:CMMS Transfer Parts .png|CMMS Transfer Parts .png]]</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> = |
− | + | The Transfer Parts submoduleallows plants to transfer parts between sub-inventories and locations. Within this portal, users may search/filterfor specific parts; addtransfer parts; edittransfer parts; or exporttransfer part information to a local drive. | |
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 39: Transfer Parts Main Menu''' |
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts">[[File:Figure | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transfer_Parts">[[File:Figure 39- Transfer Parts Main Menu.png|border|900px|Figure 86- Transfer Parts Main Menu.png]]<br/> <br/> Search/Filter Transfer Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
#Users may search for a specific part according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the Transfer Parts Submodule: | #Users may search for a specific part according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the Transfer Parts Submodule: | ||
Line 1,425: | Line 1,287: | ||
| | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts">Add Transfer Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_Transfer_Parts">Add Transfer Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
To add a new Transfer Partsentry: | To add a new Transfer Partsentry: | ||
Line 1,442: | Line 1,304: | ||
*Comment '' | *Comment '' | ||
− | '''<u>Note</u>''': Sub Inventories and Locations are associated with part numbers in the | + | '''<u>Note</u>''': Sub Inventories and Locations are associated with part numbers in the Part List submodule of Spare Parts. <span id="docs-internal-guid-9eade5b4-81e5-cc2e-4c15-d63e5a927d3a">If the desired Sub Inventory or Locator is not available from the drop-down list return to the</span>Part List >Part Number > Edit > Sub Inventory & Locator Tab. |
4. Select '''Save''' to finish, or '''Cancel''' to abort. | 4. Select '''Save''' to finish, or '''Cancel''' to abort. | ||
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 40: Add Transfer Parts''' |
− | [[File:Figure | + | [[File:Figure 40- Add Transfer Parts.png|border|RTENOTITLE]] |
| | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts">Edit Transfer Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Transfer_Parts">Edit Transfer Parts</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
To edita Transfer Partentry: | To edita Transfer Partentry: | ||
Line 1,462: | Line 1,324: | ||
'''<u>Note</u>''''': ''Users may select a different part from the drop-down menu and change sub inventory and locator. | '''<u>Note</u>''''': ''Users may select a different part from the drop-down menu and change sub inventory and locator. | ||
− | + | | |
− | + | | |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
| | ||
− | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs_Submodule">Transaction Logs[[File:Transaction | + | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Transaction_Logs_Submodule">Transaction Logs [[File:CMMS Transaction Logs .png|CMMS Transaction Logs .png]] </span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> = |
The Transaction Log submodule<span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bfb-3fa5-45bf-fc537f638381">allows plants to</span>viewthe activity of part numbers actively being moved within the system. All transactions completed inReceive Parts, Return Parts, or Transfer Partsare available. Received parts may be moved within the Transaction Log module. All other transaction types are view only. | The Transaction Log submodule<span id="docs-internal-guid-8c5e79be-9bfb-3fa5-45bf-fc537f638381">allows plants to</span>viewthe activity of part numbers actively being moved within the system. All transactions completed inReceive Parts, Return Parts, or Transfer Partsare available. Received parts may be moved within the Transaction Log module. All other transaction types are view only. | ||
Line 1,480: | Line 1,337: | ||
'''Figure 58: Transaction Logs Main Menu''' | '''Figure 58: Transaction Logs Main Menu''' | ||
− | [[File:Figure | + | [[File:Figure 41- Transaction Logs Main Menu.png|border|900px|Figure 89- Transaction Logs Main Menu.png]] |
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs">Search/Filter Transaction Logs</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Transaction_Logs">Search/Filter Transaction Logs</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
#Users may search for part numbers by selecting any of the criteria located on the top menu bar of the Transaction LogsSubmodule: | #Users may search for part numbers by selecting any of the criteria located on the top menu bar of the Transaction LogsSubmodule: | ||
Line 1,496: | Line 1,353: | ||
4. The selected entries are now displayed in list form beneath the top menu bar. | 4. The selected entries are now displayed in list form beneath the top menu bar. | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs">View Transaction Logs</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs"><span class="mw-headline" id="View_Transaction_Logs">View Transaction Logs</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
#To view: | #To view: | ||
Line 1,502: | Line 1,359: | ||
*Highlight the data in the list. | *Highlight the data in the list. | ||
*Double click on the highlighted entry. | *Double click on the highlighted entry. | ||
− | *A text box displays that shows complete transaction details of the selected '''Part Number''' | + | *A text box displays that shows complete transaction details of the selected '''Part Number'''. |
| | ||
− | + | | |
− | + | | |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
| | ||
− | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request_Submodule">Purchase Request[[File:Purchase | + | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Purchase_Request_Submodule">Purchase Request [[File:CMMS Purchase Request.png|CMMS Purchase Request.png]]</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> = |
Within the Purchase Request submodule, plants build Purchase Requests to order new parts for their equipment. Users may search; create; or edit PRs (Purchase Requests). Multiple screens within this submodule provide a work area for users to record and adjust order details, thus eliminating the need for paper scratch pads. | Within the Purchase Request submodule, plants build Purchase Requests to order new parts for their equipment. Users may search; create; or edit PRs (Purchase Requests). Multiple screens within this submodule provide a work area for users to record and adjust order details, thus eliminating the need for paper scratch pads. | ||
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 42: Procurement Workbench Main Menu''' |
− | ''''[[File:Figure | + | ''''[[File:Figure 42- Purchase Request Main Menu.png|border|900px|Figure 91- Purchase Request Main Menu.png]]'''' |
− | == <br/> <span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Procurement_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Procurement_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Procurement_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Procurement_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Procurement_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Procurement_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Procurement_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Procurement_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Procurement_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Procurement_Workbench">Search/Filter Procurement Workbench</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <br/> <span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Procurement_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Procurement_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Procurement_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Procurement_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Procurement_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Procurement_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Procurement_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Procurement_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Procurement_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Procurement_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Procurement_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Procurement_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Procurement_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Search.2FFilter_Procurement_Workbench">Search/Filter Procurement Workbench</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
#Users may search according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the Purchase Request submodule: | #Users may search according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the Purchase Request submodule: | ||
*'''Part Number''': Scroll entries with the available drop-down menu or type the Part Numberin the field.'' | *'''Part Number''': Scroll entries with the available drop-down menu or type the Part Numberin the field.'' | ||
− | *'''Status''': Drop-down menu limits the search by: New, Approved, Closed, or | + | *'''Status''': Drop-down menu limits the search by: New, Approved, Closed, or Canceled.'' |
2. Select filtering option(s).<br/> 3. Choose the search icon(e.g. magnifying glass). | 2. Select filtering option(s).<br/> 3. Choose the search icon(e.g. magnifying glass). | ||
Line 1,556: | Line 1,389: | ||
'''<u>Note</u>''': To move to the next page of part numbers: type a page number in the scroll bar at the bottom of the drop-down menu and select enter on the keyboard. | '''<u>Note</u>''': To move to the next page of part numbers: type a page number in the scroll bar at the bottom of the drop-down menu and select enter on the keyboard. | ||
− | == Create Purchase Request == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Create_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Create_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Create_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Create_Purchase_Request">Create Purchase Request</span></span></span></span> == |
To Create a Suggested PR Purchase Request: | To Create a Suggested PR Purchase Request: | ||
Line 1,563: | Line 1,396: | ||
#A message screen displays. | #A message screen displays. | ||
# Choose '''Yes''' to create a PR, or '''No''' to cancel the activity. | # Choose '''Yes''' to create a PR, or '''No''' to cancel the activity. | ||
− | # The system assigns a new PR#, and the entry now displays on the list below the main menu. | + | # The system assigns a new '''PR Batch#''', and the entry now displays on the list below the main menu. |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
'''<u>Note</u>''': The following information displays in <span style="color:#0000FF">blue text </span>on the top of the menu bar: <span style="color:#0000FF">(Stockable & Status(Active)&Source Type(External)&Reused Flag(False)And Qty(QOH+In Transit Qty) is lower than Safety Stock)</span>. | '''<u>Note</u>''': The following information displays in <span style="color:#0000FF">blue text </span>on the top of the menu bar: <span style="color:#0000FF">(Stockable & Status(Active)&Source Type(External)&Reused Flag(False)And Qty(QOH+In Transit Qty) is lower than Safety Stock)</span>. | ||
Line 1,574: | Line 1,403: | ||
*Stockable: Parts must be marked as “in stock” to be part of a suggested PR'' | *Stockable: Parts must be marked as “in stock” to be part of a suggested PR'' | ||
− | *Status: Part Status must be marked “active” to be part of a suggested PR'' | + | *Status(Active): Part Status must be marked “active” to be part of a suggested PR'' |
*Source Type (External): Only external parts will be accepted as part of a suggested PR'' | *Source Type (External): Only external parts will be accepted as part of a suggested PR'' | ||
*Reused Flag (False): Reused parts are not accepted as part of a suggested PR'' | *Reused Flag (False): Reused parts are not accepted as part of a suggested PR'' | ||
*Qty (QOH+In Transit Qty) is lower than Safety Stock: The part’s quantity on hand combined with the part’s quantity in transit (on the way) must be lower than the part’s safety stock in order to be accepted as part of a suggested PR.'' | *Qty (QOH+In Transit Qty) is lower than Safety Stock: The part’s quantity on hand combined with the part’s quantity in transit (on the way) must be lower than the part’s safety stock in order to be accepted as part of a suggested PR.'' | ||
− | '''<u>Note</u>''': Part Number properties are managed within the first submodule of Spare Parts ( | + | '''<u>Note</u>''': Part Number properties are managed within the first submodule of Spare Parts (Part List) under the Editfunction. |
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench">Edit Workbench</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_Workbench">Edit Workbench</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
To edit: | To edit: | ||
Line 1,589: | Line 1,418: | ||
#A new window now displays (Edit Workbench) that provides necessary details and a workspace to build a PR (Purchase Request). | #A new window now displays (Edit Workbench) that provides necessary details and a workspace to build a PR (Purchase Request). | ||
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 43: Edit Workbench'''<br/> ''[[File:Figure 43- Edit Purchase Request Workbench.png|border|800px|RTENOTITLE]]'' |
| | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request">Edit a Purchase Request</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | === <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Purchase_Request">Edit a Purchase Request</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === |
− | To | + | To '''edit''' a Purchase Request: |
− | #Select a Suggested | + | #Select a '''Suggested PR''' from the list by activating the checkmark next to the line of information. |
− | #Select the Edit icon. | + | #Select the '''Edit''' icon. |
#Selecting Edit populates data into the side panel and also displays a pop-up window (Edit Purchase Request) that allows the user to change the following elements of the PR: | #Selecting Edit populates data into the side panel and also displays a pop-up window (Edit Purchase Request) that allows the user to change the following elements of the PR: | ||
− | *Requester: Select from the drop-down menu'' | + | *'''Requester''': Select from the drop-down menu'' |
− | *Department: (shown in tree format with parent and children departments demarcated)'' | + | *'''Department''': (shown in tree format with parent and children departments demarcated)'' |
− | *Vendor: (select the vendor from the drop-down menu)'' | + | *'''Vendor''': (select the vendor from the drop-down menu)'' |
− | *Urgent | + | *'''Urgent''': (activate the checkbox if the change is urgent. Default is not urgent.)'' |
− | *Status: Drop-down menu provides choices: New; Approved; | + | *'''Status''': Drop-down menu provides choices: New; Approved; Canceled |
+ | *'''Comment''' | ||
4. Select '''Save''' to complete, or '''Cancel''' to abort the action. | 4. Select '''Save''' to complete, or '''Cancel''' to abort the action. | ||
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 44: Edit Purchase Request''' |
− | '''[[File:Figure | + | '''[[File:Figure 44- Edit Purchase Request.png|border|RTENOTITLE]]'<br/> '' |
− | === <span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items">PR Items</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === | + | === <span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items"><span class="mw-headline" id="PR_Items">PR Items</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> === |
The Purchase Request submodule provides a workspace (PR Item) where employees can add, edit, or deletePR items associated with a selected Purchase Request (see Figure, below). | The Purchase Request submodule provides a workspace (PR Item) where employees can add, edit, or deletePR items associated with a selected Purchase Request (see Figure, below). | ||
Line 1,619: | Line 1,449: | ||
For reference purposes, the bottom portion of the screen displays additional information associated with the selected Purchase Request to include: Alternative Parts, Return to Vendor, PRs, and AVLs.<br/> '''<u>Note</u>''': Fields in the bottom portion of the screen are view only. | For reference purposes, the bottom portion of the screen displays additional information associated with the selected Purchase Request to include: Alternative Parts, Return to Vendor, PRs, and AVLs.<br/> '''<u>Note</u>''': Fields in the bottom portion of the screen are view only. | ||
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 45: PR Items available for Edit and View''' |
− | [[File:Figure | + | [[File:Figure 45- PR Items available for Edit and View.png|border|800px|RTENOTITLE]]<br/> |
− | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request">Add PR Items to a Purchase Request</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> ==== | + | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_PR_Items_to_a_Purchase_Request">Add PR Items to a Purchase Request</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> ==== |
To build a Purchase Request: | To build a Purchase Request: | ||
Line 1,631: | Line 1,461: | ||
#A pop-up window displays: Add PR Item | #A pop-up window displays: Add PR Item | ||
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 46: Add PR Item Pop-up Window''' |
− | '''[[File:Figure | + | '''[[File:Figure 46- Add PR Item Pop-up Window.png|border|RTENOTITLE]]'<br/> '' |
4. Select the Part Numberfrom the provided drop-down menu bar.<br/> 5. A table below the part number automatically populatesbased on the Part Number selection.<br/> 6. The following data is available for reference/viewonly: | 4. Select the Part Numberfrom the provided drop-down menu bar.<br/> 5. A table below the part number automatically populatesbased on the Part Number selection.<br/> 6. The following data is available for reference/viewonly: | ||
Line 1,651: | Line 1,481: | ||
'''<u>Note</u>''': Some fields will be empty, based on Part Number selected. | '''<u>Note</u>''': Some fields will be empty, based on Part Number selected. | ||
− | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item">Edit a PR Item</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> ==== | + | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item">Edit a PR Item</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> ==== |
<br/> To '''Edit''' a PR Item: | <br/> To '''Edit''' a PR Item: | ||
Line 1,661: | Line 1,491: | ||
#Choose Saveto complete the change, or Cancelto discard the action. | #Choose Saveto complete the change, or Cancelto discard the action. | ||
#Similar to the Add PR Itemwindow, the following information associated with the Part Number is available for referencein a view onlyformat: Vendor; Currency; Current Price; Lead Time | #Similar to the Add PR Itemwindow, the following information associated with the Part Number is available for referencein a view onlyformat: Vendor; Currency; Current Price; Lead Time | ||
+ | |||
+ | ==== <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_PR_Item">Delete a PR Item</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> ==== | ||
To '''Delete''' a PR Item: | To '''Delete''' a PR Item: | ||
Line 1,668: | Line 1,500: | ||
#The PR Item will be removed, and no longer display in the PR Item list. | #The PR Item will be removed, and no longer display in the PR Item list. | ||
− | + | ==== View Alternative Parts Return to Vendors and AVLS ==== | |
− | + | On the bottom portion of the Edit Workbench page, reference information pertaining to the PR Item selected is available for reference. To activate the information, select the PR item by activating the checkmark next to the data entry. Corresponding information in the bottom field will display. The screens are view only; users may not edit this field. The following information is available: | |
− | + | *Alternative parts | |
+ | *Return to Vendors | ||
+ | *AVLs | ||
− | + | | |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
| | ||
− | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Category_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Category_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Category_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Category_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Category_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Category_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Category_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Category_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Category_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Category_Submodule">Part Category </span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> = | + | = <span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Category_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Category_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Category_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Category_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Category_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Category_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Category_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Category_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Category_Submodule"><span class="mw-headline" id="Part_Category_Submodule">Part Category[[File:Part Category icon1.png|Part category icon.png]] </span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> = |
The Part Category submodule assists administrators in organizing their assets’ spare parts. Once parent categories are defined, users can quickly move, count, and purchase multiple parts. Users can link multiple categories to individual spare parts from the Part List submodule/Part Category Tab. | The Part Category submodule assists administrators in organizing their assets’ spare parts. Once parent categories are defined, users can quickly move, count, and purchase multiple parts. Users can link multiple categories to individual spare parts from the Part List submodule/Part Category Tab. | ||
Line 1,687: | Line 1,518: | ||
| | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Available_Features"><span class="mw-headline" id="Available_Features"><span class="mw-headline" id="Available_Features"><span class="mw-headline" id="Available_Features"><span class="mw-headline" id="Available_Features"><span class="mw-headline" id="Available_Features"><span class="mw-headline" id="Available_Features"><span class="mw-headline" id="Available_Features"><span class="mw-headline" id="Available_Features"><span class="mw-headline" id="Available_Features">Available Features</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Available_Features"><span class="mw-headline" id="Available_Features"><span class="mw-headline" id="Available_Features"><span class="mw-headline" id="Available_Features"><span class="mw-headline" id="Available_Features"><span class="mw-headline" id="Available_Features"><span class="mw-headline" id="Available_Features"><span class="mw-headline" id="Available_Features"><span class="mw-headline" id="Available_Features"><span class="mw-headline" id="Available_Features"><span class="mw-headline" id="Available_Features"><span class="mw-headline" id="Available_Features"><span class="mw-headline" id="Available_Features"><span class="mw-headline" id="Available_Features">Available Features</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
− | Users may Add, Edit, or | + | Users may '''Add''', '''Edit''', or '''Activate/Deactivate''' a Part Category within this submodule. |
| | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_A_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_A_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_A_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_A_Part_Category.E2.80.8B.E2.80.8B.E2.80.8B.E2.80.8B.E2.80.8B.E2.80.8B.E2.80.8B"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_A_Part_Category.E2.80.8B.E2.80.8B.E2.80.8B.E2.80.8B.E2.80.8B.E2.80.8B.E2.80.8B"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_A_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_A_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_A_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_A_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_A_Part_Category_2">Add A Part Category</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Add_A_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_A_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_A_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_A_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_A_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_A_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_A_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_A_Part_Category.E2.80.8B.E2.80.8B.E2.80.8B.E2.80.8B.E2.80.8B.E2.80.8B.E2.80.8B"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_A_Part_Category.E2.80.8B.E2.80.8B.E2.80.8B.E2.80.8B.E2.80.8B.E2.80.8B.E2.80.8B"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_A_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_A_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_A_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_A_Part_Category_2"><span class="mw-headline" id="Add_A_Part_Category_2">Add A Part Category</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
#Select '''Add''' | #Select '''Add''' | ||
Line 1,702: | Line 1,533: | ||
*<span style="color:#FF0000;">*</span>Active:(Mandatory) Check the box to mark the Category as active. The default value is checked (Active). Active fields are denoted by a blue checkmark; inactive fields are denoted by a grey checkmark. | *<span style="color:#FF0000;">*</span>Active:(Mandatory) Check the box to mark the Category as active. The default value is checked (Active). Active fields are denoted by a blue checkmark; inactive fields are denoted by a grey checkmark. | ||
− | '''Figure | + | '''Figure 47: Add Spare Part Category''' |
− | [[File:Add Spare Part Category.png|RTENOTITLE]] | + | [[File:Figure 47- Add Spare Part Category.png|border|RTENOTITLE]] |
| | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Part_Category">Edit a Part Category</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Edit_a_Part_Category">Edit a Part Category</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
#Select any Part Category by highlighting the entry in the Part Categorylist. | #Select any Part Category by highlighting the entry in the Part Categorylist. | ||
Line 1,716: | Line 1,547: | ||
| | ||
− | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Enable.2FDisable_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Enable.2FDisable_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Enable.2FDisable_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Enable.2FDisable_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Enable.2FDisable_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Enable.2FDisable_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Enable.2FDisable_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Enable.2FDisable_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Enable.2FDisable_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Enable.2FDisable_a_Part_Category">Enable/ | + | == <span class="mw-headline" id="Enable.2FDisable_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Enable.2FDisable_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Enable.2FDisable_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Enable.2FDisable_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Enable.2FDisable_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Enable.2FDisable_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Enable.2FDisable_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Enable.2FDisable_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Enable.2FDisable_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Enable.2FDisable_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Enable.2FDisable_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Enable.2FDisable_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Enable.2FDisable_a_Part_Category"><span class="mw-headline" id="Enable.2FDisable_a_Part_Category">Activate/Deactivate a Part Category</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span> == |
Users may change the status of any part category from active to inactive or inactive to active. | Users may change the status of any part category from active to inactive or inactive to active. | ||
#Select the Part Category by highlighting the entry in the Part Category list. | #Select the Part Category by highlighting the entry in the Part Category list. | ||
− | #Select ''' | + | #Select '''Activate/Deactivate'''. |
#The Active status reflects the change. | #The Active status reflects the change. | ||
+ | |||
+ | | ||
| |
Latest revision as of 05:41, 16 October 2024
42Q Home > Production > CMMS > Spare Parts
Contents
- 1 Spare Parts
- 2 Part List
- 2.1 Search/Filter Part List
- 2.2 Add a Part
- 2.3 Bulk Upload Parts
- 2.4 Edit Part List
- 2.5 Part Properties: Alternative Parts
- 2.6 Part Properties: AVL (Approved Vendor List)
- 2.7 Part Properties: Sub Inventory & Locator
- 2.8 Part Properties: Asset Type
- 2.9 Part Properties: Part Categories
- 3 Receive Parts
- 4 Issue Parts
- 5 Return Parts
- 6 Adjust Parts
- 7 Subinventory
- 8 Scrap Parts
- 9 Reuse Parts
- 10 Cycle Count
- 11 Inventory View
- 12 Transfer Parts
- 13 Transaction Logs
- 14 Purchase Request
- 15 Part Category
Spare Parts
The Spare Parts portal of CMMS provides a comprehensive tracking system to manage the parts needed to maintain a plant’s assets. Administrators and operators receive, issue, and return parts; maintain warehouse stock; create purchase orders; and manage vendor information.
To navigate: Production > CMMS > Spare Parts
Spare Parts Submodule Icons
User-friendly icons help users navigate through the Spare Parts portal.
Figure 1: Spare Parts Main Page
Part List
Within the Part List submodule, users can view all parts pertaining to site equipment and machinery, and perform functions related to those parts.
1. Users can complete the following actions in the Part List submodule:
- Search/Filter part entries
- Add/Bulk Upload parts
- Edit parts
- Export parts
Note: Abbreviations located within this module are defined as follows:
- QOH: Quantity on Hand
- QIT: Quantity in Transit
- Qty UOM: Quantity Unit of Measure: UOMs enable plants to quantify and track inventory items according to their packaging. For example, singular parts are listed as EA (each), while parts that remain packaged together are noted as PAK.
Search/Filter Part List
1. Users may search for specific parts according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the Part List Submodule:
- Part Number: Enter a partial or complete Part Number.
- Part Name: Enter a partial or complete Part Name.
- Manufacturer: Select a Manufacturer from the drop-down list.
- Model: Search for a specific Model.
- Active: Search by Active or Inactive or all Part Numbers.
- Project: Search by Project associated with the product the Asset builds. Projects are defined in CMMS Admin > Project.
2. Select filtering options.
3. Select the search icon (e.g. magnifying glass).
Figure 2: Part List Screen
3. The figure above shows a typical part list and its subsequent categories.
Note: The Column "AVL's" (Available Vendor List) is highlighted. In an effort to keep costs low, plants are encouraged to monitor warehouse inventory. Because plants can easily purchase necessary parts from Approved Vendors it is advisable to maintain an updated and complete list of multiple vendors in case of unexpected problems. Red cells indicate that only one vendor is available. Yellow cells indicate 2 vendors, and Green cells indicate 3 or more. Because this information is critical to busy plant administrators, it is highlighted for easy reference.
Add a Part
To add a part to the Part List:
1. Select Add from the Part List menu. The Add a New Part Number pop-up window displays.
Figure 3: Add a New Part Number Window
Complete the following fields. Fields noted with a red asterisk * are Mandatory.
- *Enter a Part Number.
- Upload a Part Image Part Images allow employees to quickly identify parts for part replacment and quick identification at the warehouse level.
- *Enter a Part Name.
- *Enter a Manufacturer. Note: This field lists all available companies in a drop-down menu format. To add, edit, or delete a company from this list, return to the Spare Parts main screen and select the Company Submodule submodule (Shop Floor > Configuration >CMMS - Admin > Company).
- Enter Model: The unique name or number for the specific part, provided by the manufacturer.
- Enter Unit Weight: A numeric value that corresponds with Unit weight UOM. Drop-down menu provided.
- Enter Unit Weight UOM: Select the unit of measure for the PN's Unit Weight from the drop-down menu.
- Options include:
- Undefined
- LB
- G
- KG
- Enter Project associated with the Asset’s production.
- *Enter MFG PN. This field denotes the part number - that is, the part ID for the manufacturer.
- Enter the Default Sub Inventory: This field allows users to identify one Sub Inventory as the primary location within the Locator for the PN.
- *Enter Max Inventory. This field denotes the maximum inventory. Max value should be higher or equal than minimum and minimum should be higher or equal than safe.
- Enter the Default Locator: This field allows users to identify one Locator as the primary physical location for the PN.
- *Enter Min Inventory. This field denotes the minimum inventory.
- *Enter Safety Stock: Safe inventory (safety stock) must be less than the value entered in minimum inventory .
- Enter QTY UOM from the drop-down list. This field denotes the unit of measure for the part, according to how the part is packaged and counted. Options configured for this instance include: Undefined; EA; Meter; PKT; ST; PAK.
Note: Plants defineQTY UOM (Quantity Unit of Measure) based on their unique parts inventory. The following figure shows possible QTY UOM (Quantity Unit of Measure) examples.
- Enter Part Type from the drop-down list. Select whether the part is "Easy-expendable" or "None-easy-expendable." Default is Easy-expendable. See Glossary of Terms for further explanation of these terms.
- Select Source Type from the drop-down list. Options include: Internal or External. Default value is External.
- Check whether part number is In Stock
- Check if Reused/Refurbished.
- Check if Active.
- Enter a Description.
Bulk Upload Parts
With the Bulk Upload spare parts function, users can import(create/add) many parts at one time. This function involves downloading the template file, uploading the file and validating whether the data is valid. Users can download the invalid records to check and correct.
- Select the BULK UPLOAD , the Bulk Upload window pop-up.
Figure 4: Bulk Upload Spare Parts
- Select the here(blue link) to download the .csv template file and fill your parts list records if you do not have the template file.
- Drag and drop or select browse(blue link) to open your file.
- Select VALIDATE RECORDS, the UPLOAD button will show if the validation process passed.
- Select Upload to save the spare parts records to the CMMS system.
- Select Download invalid records to download and check the invalid records if some records are invalid.
Add Part List: Alternative Parts Tab
Under the Alternative Parts tab, users can add or delete alternative parts. The main purpose of this feature is to associate parts with alternative part choices. NOTE: These actions refer to the selection of fungible parts.
Add Alternative Parts
- Select Add from the Alternative Parts menu. The Add Alternative Part pop-up window appears (see Figure, below).
- Type a part number in the search bar or select an item from the list.
- Select Save to finish or Cancel to abort.
Figure 5: Add a New Alternative Part
Delete Alternative Parts
- Select an alternative part from the list.
- Select delete from the Alternative Part menu. This removes the selected alternative part from the list.
Add Part List: AVL (Approved Vendor List)
Under the AVL (Approved Vendor List) tab, users may add, edit, or delete approved vendor information.
Figure 6: AVL (Approved Vendor List) Tab Functions
Add an AVL (Approved Vendor List)
1. Select Add from the menu. The Add pop-up window displays.
2. Complete the fields provided:
- Select a Company from the drop-down list.
- Enter an AVL PN (Approved Vendor List Part Number).
- Enter a Lead Time. Note: Lead Time refers to the delivery time (in days) of the given part.
- Select Currency from the drop-down list (according to country)
- Enter Currency Price.
- Enter a Previous Price.
- Check to Approve.
- Enter a Remark.
3. Select Save to finish or Cancel to abort.
Figure 7: Add an AVL (Approved Vendor List)
Edit an AVL (approved Vendor List)
1. To edit an AVL (Approved Vendor List), select an AVL from the list and choose Edit. The Edit pop-up menu appears.
2. The user may edit any of the fields provided:
- Company
- AVL (Approved Vendor List) PN
- Lead Time (Day)
- Currency
- Current Price
- Previous Price
- Approve
- Remark
3. Select Save to finish or Cancel to abort.
Delete an AVL (Approved Vendor List)
1. To delete an AVL, select an AVL from the list and choose Delete. This removes the AVL from the list.
Add Part List: Subinventory & Locator Tab
Within the Subinventory & Locator Tab, users can specify the exact location of the Spare Part being catalogued into the system. There are three functions available in the Subinventory & Locator Tab
Add Sub Inventory & Locator
- Search by Sub Inventory or utilize the drop-down feature
- Search by Locator.
- Scroll through the list provided to select Sub Inventory & Locator
- Select the Search icon (magnifying glass).
- Select Save.
- Each Sub Inventory & Locator pair must be added and saved one at a time.
- Please Note that locations must be selected as pairs. Users cannot select a Locator individually; nor can they select a Sub Inventory individually.
Figure 8: Subinventory & Locator Tab
Add Sub Inventory
To add an individual Sub Inventory without a Locator:
- Select Add Sub Inventory.
- Check the Sub Inventory of choice from the list.
- Save.
Figure 9: Add New Sub Inventory
Part List: Add Part Category Tab
Users can add the PN to one or multiple Part Categories. This option allows plants to efficiently apply changes to multiple parts in the same category based on the asset the spare part belongs to.
Figure 10: Add Part Category Tab
There are 2 functions available in the Add Part Category Tab:
Add a Part Category
- Select Add.
- Select the Part Category entry line from the list provided by activating the checkmark.
- Select Save.
Figure 11: Add Part Categories to PN
Delete a Part Category
- Check the Part Category to be removed from the PN.
- Select Delete.
Edit Part List
Users can modify any of the part properties from the Part List sub-module page. To edit a part:
- Select a part from the list. The Edit function becomes available.
- Select Edit. The Edit Part pop-up window appears.
Figure 6: Edit a Part
- Users may edit the fields for the selected part.
Note: The fields mirror those populated in the Add Part List
Part Properties: Alternative Parts
Under the Alternative Parts page, users can add and delete alternative parts assigned to a given part.
Add an Alternative Part
1. Select Add from the Alternative Parts menu.
2. Type the Part number in the text provided and select the search icon (e.g. magnifying glass); or scroll the list to select the alternative part number.
3. Select the Add icon to complete.
4. At the Add Alternative Part page, select one or more Part numbers from the list, then Select SAVE.
Delete an Alternative Part
1. Select a part from the Alternative Parts list. The Delete function becomes available.
2. Select Delete to remove the part from the list.
Figure 7: Alternative Parts
Part Properties: AVL (Approved Vendor List)
Within the AVL page, users can add, edit, and approve available part numbers (AVLs) for the selected part.
Add an AVL (Approved Vendor List):
1. Select Add from the AVL menu. The Add pop-up window appears.
2. Complete the information for the fields provided:
- Select a Company Name from the drop-down list.
- Enter Lead Time.
- Select Currency according to country from the drop-down list.
- Enter Current Price.
- Enter Previous Price.
- Check if Approved.
- Enter a Remark about the AVL.
- Select Save to finish; or Cancel to abort.
Figure 8: Add an AVL(Approved Vendor List)
Edit an AVL (Approved Vendor List):
- Select an AVL from the list. The Edit function activates.
- Select Edit. The Edit pop-up window displays.
- Edit any of the provided fields as needed.
- Select Save to finish or Cancel to abort.
Approve an AVL (Approved Vendor List):
- Select an AVL from the list. The Approve function activates, as noted by a blue checkmark.
- Select Approve to approve the AVL for the selected part.
- Note: If the AVL was already approved, this action will render the AVL as unapproved. Approved AVLs are denoted with a blue checkmark under the AVL list; unapproved AVLs are denoted with a grey checkmark.
Figure 9: Approve AVL
Reject an AVL (Approved Vendor List):
- Select an AVL from the list. The Approve function activates, as noted by a blue checkmark.
- Select Reject to approve the AVL for the selected part.
Part Properties: Sub Inventory & Locator
A sub inventory is a location where parts are stored (e.g., a warehouse). Locators are the shelf ID within a sub inventory. Plants may opt to omit the locator in the description. Plants often make this choice in situations where there are so many of a given part that plant operators do not need a shelf ID to locate the part. In such cases, only the sub inventory field is selected.
Within this tab, users can add a sub inventory and/or locator.
Figure 10: Sub Inventory & Locator Tab
Add a Sub Inventory and Locator
- Select Add Sub Inventory & Locator from the menu. This opens the Add New Sub Inventory & Locator pop-up window.
- Select one or more items to add.
- Select Save to finish or Cancel to abort.
Figure 11: Add New Sub Inventory and Locator
Add a Sub Inventory
Users may also add a sub inventory (without a locator). To add an individual sub inventory to the PN selected:
- Select Add a Sub Inventory.
- Select the desired sub inventory from the drop-down list provided.
- The new sub inventory will populate on the screen.
Delete a Sub Inventory
Users may also delete a sub inventory (without a locator). To delete an individual sub inventory to the PN selected:
- Select the desired sub inventory from the drop-down list provided.
- Select the Delete button from the toolbar provided.
Part Properties: Asset Type
Under the Asset Type page, users can add and delete asset types assigned to a part number.
Add an Asset Type
- Select Add from the menu tab.
- Select the asset type from the list that populates in the pop-up window.
Figure 12: Add Asset Type
Delete an Asset Type
- Select the asset type by activating the checkbox next to its name.
- Select Delete.
- The asset type is now removed from the given part.
Part Properties: Part Categories
Users can Add or Delete Part Categories from the Part Categories Tab while editing a specific Part.
Add Part Categories
- Select Add from the menu tab.
- Select the part category from the list that populates in the pop-up window.
Figure 13: Add Part Category in Edit Part List
Delete a Part Category
- Select the part category by activating the checkbox next to its name.
- Select Delete.
- The part category is now removed from the given part.
Receive Parts
Within the Receive Parts submodule users receive deliveries and increase cycle counts.
Within Receive Parts, users can search/filter the part listing; add received parts; edit received parts, and export received part information.
Figure 14: Receive Parts Filtering Option
Search/Filter Receive Parts
Users may search according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the Receive Parts Submodule:
- Receive #: This number is assigned to the part upon receipt in the warehouse. Enter the Receive# in the text box or scan the Receive# from the bar code.
- Part Number: Enter the Part Number in the text box. More Part Number search options are available by selecting the Part Number drop-down menu.
- Received Date: Enter the time span during which the part was received in the set of calendar drop-downs.
- Received Date To: Enter the end time span during which the part was received in the set of calendar drop-downs.
- Status: Enter the part number status; users may choose from Pending, Completed, or Cancelled.
- Subinventory: Enter the sub inventory where the part number is located. Users may scroll through sub inventories using the drop-down menu provided.
- PO #: Enter the Purchase Order#
- Created By: Users may search for received parts according to the employee who received them. Enter an employee ID.
Note: Individual company naming conventions apply (e.g.: george_lee; george.lee; George.Lee).
Add Receive Parts
Figure 15: Add Receive Parts Pop-up Window
To add received parts:
1.From theReceive Parts sub-module page, selectADD EVEIVE PARTS. The Add Receive Parts pop-up menu displays.
2. Complete the fields provided:'
- Part Number: (Mandatory) A drop-down screen displays; users can search by: Part Number, MFG Part Number, QOH or AVL MFG.
- Sub Inventory: (Mandatory) Scroll bar allows users to search lists.
- Source Type: (Mandatory) Note: Select Internal, External., or WR. Internal denotes inside the company; external denotes outside the company.
- Locator: (Mandatory) Users can scroll lists using the provided drop-down scroll bar.
- Customs: When External is selected, the Customs field is available. Enter the Customs #.
- Customs Date: Select the Customs Date with the drop-down calendar.
- Currency: Only required if the Source Type is External.
- Vendor: Enter specific vendor information into the text field or select the green All Vendors icon to scroll the complete vendor list.
- Unit Cost: Only required if the Source Type is External.
- Issue #: Denotes the recorded ID# when the goods are shipped from the warehouse (this list can be accessed in the Issue Parts submodule).
Note: If a PO# is selected, an Issue# is not needed.
- PO #: denotes the Purchase Order number.
- PR #: denotes the Purchase Request number.
- RTV #: denotes the Return to Vendor number.
Note: Issue #, PO #, and RTV # cannot all be blank. At least one must be populated.
- Status:(Mandatory) Choose Pending or Completed.
- Qty UOM: Enter the unit of measure for the quantity received.
- Received Qty: (Mandatory) Enter the quantity of PNs being received.
- Received Date: (Mandatory). The current date is populated by default.
- Receiving User: The current user is populated by default.
- Receiving Dept: Select the department that received the PN from the drop-down menu.
- Remark: Add any additional comments.
3. Select Save to finish or Cancel to abort.
Note: Items in pending status do not have a Receive# assigned. If an item is in pending status, the Receive# field will remain blank.
The cycle counts/QOH(Qty on Hand) will increase after the receive parts process.
Edit Receive Parts
To edit received parts:
1. From the Receive Parts sub-module page, select an entry from the list. The Edit function displays.
2. Select Edit. The Edit Receive Parts pop-up window appears.
3. Update associated field then select Save or Cancel.
Figure 16: Edit Receive Parts Pop-up Window
Issue Parts
The Issue Parts submodule is used to dispatch parts in and out of the manufacturing system. Parts may be removed from the system due to poor quality (poor quality parts are scrapped or refurbished); or dispatched into production. Issue Parts and Cycle Counts are connected submodules; as parts are issued, inventory in the cycle count is reduced to reflect the transaction. From the Issue Parts sub-module page, users can search/filter the listing; or add, edit, or export issue parts data.
Search/Filter Issue Parts
- Users may search according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the Issue PartsSubmodule:
- Issue #: Issue numbers are generated automatically once the issues parts record moves to completed status.
- Part Number: Drop-down menu allows the user to search more selectively by Part Number, Part Name, MFG PN, or AVL PN.
- Received Date From/Received Date To: Use the provided calendars to enter the time span during which parts were issued.
- Status: Drop-down menu includes: Pending/Completed/Cancelled.
Note: By default, Pending status will be selected as a filtering option. To view Issue Parts records in Completed or Cancelled statuses, select the desired category from the top menu bar and select the search icon (e.g. magnifying glass).
- SubInventory:
- Receiving Dept
- Select filtering option(s).
- Choose the search icon(e.g. magnifying glass).
Add Issue Parts
To add an entry to the Issue Parts page:
- Select ADD ISSUE PARTS from the menu. The Add Issue Partspop-up window appears.
- Complete the fields provided: (Refer to the Glossary of Terms for more information)
- Part Number: (Mandatory) Drop-down menu provides a list of part numbers to further limit the search: Part Number, Part Name, MFG PN, or AVL PN.
- Sub Inventory: (Mandatory) Scroll sub inventory locations with the drop-down menu provided.
- Locator: (Mandatory) Scroll locators (buildings) with the drop-down menu provided.
- Location: Drop-down menu provides a list of buildings and floors in a tree format.
- Production Line: Enter the number or name of the production line the machine associated with the issued PNoperates
- Asset: Select the Asset(machine) to which the PN is associated.
- Shift: Enter the shift during which the part was issued, if applicable.
- Confirmed By: Name of the employee issuing the PN
- Reason: (Mandatory) Choose Poor Quality or Issued to Production.
- WO#: If the Part is being rebuilt, enter the Work Order number assigned to the task.
- Status:(Mandatory)Pending/Completed
- Qty Uom: PN’s quantity Unit of Measure
- Issued Qty: (Mandatory)
- Receiver: (Mandatory)
- Received Date: (Mandatory)Add the date the PN was received.
- Vendor: (Mandatory) Choose the Vendorfrom the drop-down menu. Only vendors associated with the given part are available for selection.
- Currency: The type of currency according to country. The Currency field automatically populates based on the part number selected.
- Unit Cost: The Unit Cost field populates based on the PN selected.
- Source Type:(Mandatory) Select from the drop-down list. Options include: Internal or External.
- External: Refers to items manufactured by an outside vendor.
- Internal: Refers to items manufactured within the parent company.
- Source: The company or department that supplies the part based on External or Internal selection. Utilize the drop-down menu to select the desired source.
- Current User: The current user is displayed by default. Alternatively, users may select another user from the drop-down menu.
- Receiving Dept: The department where the part will be issued. Select the department from the drop-down list; the list is displayed in tree format.
- Description: Provide any extra information that might be helpful to plant personnel.
Figure 17: Add Issue Parts Pop-up Window
Note: The cycle counts/QOH(Qty on Hand) will decrease after the issue parts process.
Edit Issue Parts
To edit issue parts:
- From the Issue Parts page, select an entry from the list.
- Select Edit.
- The Edit Issue Parts pop-up window displays.
- Edit any of the fields provided as needed:
- Select Save to finish or Cancel to abort.
Note: By default, Pending status will be selected as a filtering option. To view Issue Parts records in Completed or Canceled statuses, select the desired category from the top menu bar and select the search icon (e.g. magnifying glass).
Figure 26: Edit Issue Parts
Return Parts
Return Parts submodule is used to record those parts sent back to the vendor. Changes in the Return Partssubmodule are reflected in the Cycle Countinventory. In the Return Partsmodule, users can search/filter, add, edit,or exportinformation about returned parts.
Search/Filter Return Parts
1.Users may search according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the Return PartsSubmodule:
- RTV# (Return to Vendor)
- Receive#
- Returned Date From
- Returned Date To
- Status
2.Select filtering options.
3. Choose the search icon (e.g. magnifying glass).
Figure 19: Return Part Main Menu
Add Return Parts
To Return a received part:
- Select the Receive Part from the list of entries by activating the checkmark.
Note: Only parts in received status may be returned. If a complete list is not available, the status filter may have been applied. Users may need to refresh the screen to view parts in all status conditions.
- Select the Add icon
- A pop-up window displays (Add Return Parts), allowing the user to select the received part(s).
- Complete all fields provided:
- Receive#: (Mandatory)Number assigned to the part being returned: choose from the list available in the drop-down menu. Note: Recieve numbers are generated automatically after the return parts record moves to completed status.
- Returned Qty: # of parts being returned to vendor (Mandatory)
- Qty Uom: The Qty Uomfield automatically populates based on the part number. Qty refers to the part’s unit of measure, or how the part is packaged. For example, EA (each) defines the part as a separate item. Qty Uom is plant-specific based on part size, shape, and packaging.
- Returned By: Identify the person completing the return (Mandatory)
- Returned Date: Choose the date the part is to be returned from the drop-down calendar (Mandatory)'
- Status: Enter the status of the return: (e.g. pending; or completed) (Mandatory)
- Remark: Enter any additional information in the textbox provided (Optional)
6. Select Save to finish or Cancel to abort.
Note: If the system will not accept a return, it is possible the part has already been returned. Navigate to the Receive module to check the part's history.
Figure 28: Add Return Parts
Edit Return Parts
- After Return Parts are added, they can similarly be edited.
- Select an entry from the Return Partslist.
- Select Edit. The Edit Return Parts pop-up window displays.
- Edit the fields provided
- Select Save to finish or Cancel to abort.
Adjust Parts
The Adjust Parts submodule is used to record any discrepancies in the actual number of parts recorded in the CMMS system.
In the Adjust Parts submodule, users can search/filter, add, or edit data.
Figure 21: Adjust Parts
Search/Filter Adjust Parts
- Users may search for Adjust Parts entries according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the Adjust Parts Submodule:
- Adjust# Search by the number assigned to the Adjust Parts entry. Note: This number is automatically assigned when the entry is created.
- Part Number: A drop-down menu is available.
- SubInventory: Select the sub inventory using the drop-down menu.
- Update Date From/Update Date To: Select the time span the parts were adjusted by populating the drop-down calendars.
- Status: Search by the status of the adjusted Parts record: Pending, Rejected, or Cancelled.
- Select filtering option(s).
- Choose the search icon (e.g. magnifying glass).
Add Adjust Parts
To add an entry to Adjust Parts:
- Select Add from the Adjust Parts menu.
- The Add Adjust Parts pop-up window displays.
- Complete the provided fields:
- Part Number (Mandatory) Select the PN from the drop-down list
- Sub Inventory (Mandatory) Select the Sub Inventory from the drop-down list
- Locator (Mandatory)
- Qty Uom (Optional)
- System Qty: This field is automatically populated when the user selects the location(s)
- Actual Qty: (Mandatory)
- Approved By: (Mandatory)Select the administrator with approval permissions from the drop-down menu. Note: Approvers are added to the system within the CMMS Admin portal. (Shop Floor Control > Configuration > CMMS Admin > Group > Add User)
- Status: (Mandatory)Select: Pending, Rejected, or Cancelled
- Description (Optional)
- Select Save to finish or Cancel to abort.
Figure 22: Add Adjust Parts
Edit Adjust Parts
To editan Adjust Partsentry:
- Select an entry from the Adjust Partspage. The Editfunction is now available.
- Select Edit. The Edit Adjust Partspop-up window displays.
- Complete the provided fields.
Note: Fields are the same as those configured in the Add Adjust Partsfunction:
4. Select Save to complete or Cancel to abort.
Note: 1. The approver cannot be the person who requests this adjustment.
2. Only the creator and approver can edit the requested adjustment.'
Subinventory
The Subinventorysubmodule of Spare Parts is useful for managing sites that house parts at multiple locations. In the Subinventorysubmodule, users can addand editsub inventory locations; and mark sub inventory locations as Active/Inactive.
Add Subinventory
To add an entry:
- Select Add from the Subinventory menu. The Add Subinventorypop-up window displays.
- Complete the fields provided:
- Name: Assign a title to the sub inventory. (e.g. Shelf 1A; Store#2; Row 4; etc.)
- Active: Activate the checkbox to assign Active/Inactive status. Active = checked.
- Description: Add any description that may be helpful to plant personnel.
3. Select Save to finish or select Cancel to abort.
Figure 23: Add Subinventory
Edit Sub Inventory
To edit Sub Inventoryentries:
- Select an entry from the Sub Inventorylist.
- Select Edit from the menu. The Edit Sub Inventory pop-up window appears. This window is comprised of two tabs: Generaland Locator.
- Edit any of the fields as needed:
- Name
- Active/Inactive [checkmark]
- Description
Edit Sub Inventory: Locator
Within the Locator page, users may change Locator information connected to the selected Sub Inventory.
The following functions can be performed: Add, Edit, Activate/Deactivate, and Export.
Figure 24: Edit Sub Inventory: Locator
Add a Locator to the Sub Inventory
- Select Add from the Locator tabmenu. The Add Form pop-up window appears.
- Complete the provided fields:
- Name: Assign a title to the location. (e.g. Line 1; Building 3; Floor A; etc.)
- Active: Activate the checkbox to assign Active/Inactive status. Active is checked.
- Description: Add any description that may be helpful to plant personnel.
3. Select Save to complete or Cancel to abort.
Figure 25: Add Locator to Sub Inventory
Edit a Locator in the Sub Inventory
- Select an entry from the Locator tab listby activating the checkmark next to the entry.
- Select Edit; the Edit Formpop-up window displays.
- Edit the provided fields as needed:
- Select Save to finish or Cancel to abort.
Change Active Status: Menu Bar
Locator Status can alternatively be changed from the Activate/Deactivate Icon located on the top menu bar .
To change the active status:
- Select an entry from the Locator tab listby activating the checkmark next to the entry.
- Select the Activate/Deactivate icon.
Scrap Parts
Damaged parts that cannot be reused must be removed from the Cycle Count. The Scrap Partssubmodule manages these unusable parts. Scrap Partnumbers are reflected in the Cycle Countsubmodule. Within the ScrapParts submodule, users can perform the following functions: search, add, edit, and export.
Note: Scrap parts action happened at the shop floor, which means it won’t reduce qty again when scraped at Shop Floor, because the qty changed at the time of issuing parts.
Figure 26: Scrap Parts Main Menu
Search/Filter Scrap Parts
1. Users may search according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the Scrap PartsSubmodule:
- Scrap #
- Part Number
- Scrapped Date From/Scrapped Date To: Drop down calendars allow the user to select the time frame when parts were scrapped.
2. Select filtering option(s).
3. Choose the search icon(e.g. magnifying glass).
Add Scrap Parts
To add a Scrap Part entry:
- Select Add from the Scrap Part menu. The Add Scrapping pop-up menu appears.
- Complete the fields provided. Drop-down menus are available to aid some selections.
- Part Number: (Mandatory) Select the PN from a drop-down menu list.
- Location: (Optional) Floor or building where the parts are housed. The drop-down menu bar provides a diagram with departments in a tree format.
- Production Line: (Optional) Production line associated with the scrapped part(s).
- Asset: (Mandatory) Machinery or equipment the scrap parts are assigned
- Scrapped Date: (Mandatory) Date the part was removed from the system.
- Qty Uom: (This field automatically populates) Quantity Unit of Measure.
- Scrapped Qty: (Mandatory) # of PN being removed from inventory.
- Currency: (Mandatory)Select the type of currency per country.
- Unit Cost: (This field automatically populates) Cost per unit.
- Confirmed By: (Optional)The operator completing the part transfer.
- Description: (Optional) Additional information that may be useful to plant personnel.
3. Select Save to finish or Cancel to abort.
Figure 27: Add Scrap Parts
Edit Scrap Parts
To edit Scrap Partentries:
- Select an entry from the Scrap Partslist by activating the checkmark next to the line of data.
- Select Edit. The Edit Scrapping pop-up window appears.
- Edit the fields as needed from the preceding Add Scrap Partsaction:
- Select Save to finish or Cancel to abort.
Reuse Parts
Previously scrapped parts that have been refurbished for use and moved back into active inventory are managed within the Reuse Partssubmodule.
Note: Activity within the Reuse Partssubmodule is reflected in the Cycle Countsubmodule; adding a shelved part to the Reusecategory increases inventory in Cycle Count.
On the Reuse Partspage, users can perform the following functions: search,add, edit, and export.
Figure 28: Reuse Parts Menu Bar
Search/Filter Resue Parts
- Users may search according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the Reuse Partssubmodule:
- New PN: Drop-down menu offers additional choices: Part Number, MFG PN, or AVL MFG.
- Old PN: Drop-down menu offers additional choices: Part Number, MFG PN, or AVL MFG.
- Status: Drop-down calendar offers additional choices: Pending, Completed, or Cancelled.
- Reuse#: Enter the quantity of Reused partsassociated with the PN
- Updated Date From/Updated Date To: Drop-down calendar is available.
2. Select filtering option(s).
3. Choose the search icon(e.g. magnifying glass).
Add Reuse Parts
To add a Reused Partentry:
- Select ADD REUSE PARTS from the Reused Parts menu. The Add Reuse Partspop-up menu displays.
- Enter the Old PNor choose from the list of Part Numbersprovided in the drop-down menu.
- Additional fields are populated by selecting a PN.
Figure 29: Add Reuse Parts Drop-down Menu
4. Complete the fields provided. Drop-down menus are available to aid some selections.
5. Mandatory fields are Sub Inventoryand Locator.
- New PN: (Mandatory field) Select the new PN to assign to the refurbished part
- Old PN: (Mandatory field) Select the PN assigned to the original part from the drop-down menu
- Sub Inventory (Mandatory field)
- Locator (Mandatory field)
- Production Line
- Repaired By
- Confirmed By
- Qty Uom
- Reused Qty(Mandatory field)
- Vendor Currency (Mandatory field)
- Unit Price
- Cost Saving(Mandatory field)
- Status:(Mandatory field) Choose Pendingor Completed.
- Description
6. Select Save to finish or Cancel to abort.
Edit Reuse Parts
To edit entries:
- Select an entry from the Reuse Partslist.
- Select Edit. The Edit Reuse Partspop-up window appears.
- Users may edit the fields associated with a given Part Number:
- Select Save to finish or Cancel to abort.
Cycle Count
The Cycle Count submodule provides a paperless solution for the inventory process. Cycle counts are completed on a regular basis (e.g. daily, weekly, every third Monday, etc.) as determined by the needs of the plants. Within Cycle Count, employees count and record their plant’s machine parts. Cycle counts are always completed based upon the sub-inventory locations where machine parts are located within the manufacturing plant. Administrators can restrict access to approved users to control inventory costs.'
From the Cycle Count page, users can perform the following functions: search, add, operate, delete, and export.
Search/Filter Cycle Count
A list of all Plan Items (Planned Cycle Counts) displays. Plan Items are listed by the name designated.
Figure 30: Cycle Count Menu Bar
Users may limit their search with the following filter options, located on the screen’s top menu:
- Plan Name: Search by the Plan Name’s Title.
- Approve By: A drop-down menu allows the user to select Plan Names according to the employee who approved the Plan Item. NOTE: The “Approve By”column in the Cycle Countpage refers to the user authorized to approve the cycle count. Typically, this user will hold an administrative position.
- Status: Search for the Plan Name by its status. A drop-down menu offers the following choices:
- Planned
- Opening
- Planned Items Generated
- Closed
Add Cycle Count
Here, Users create the general parameters for their cycle count and create a name for the Cycle Count.Note: The actual tallying process is not completed in this field. Only the Cycle count plan name and parameters are selected here.
- Select Add from the Cycle Countmenu bar. The Add Cycle Count pop-up window displays.
- Complete the fields provided. Drop-down menus are available to aid some selections.
- Plan Name: (Mandatory) Enter a Title for the inventory being counted. Plan Name is based on the location of the items being counted (i.e. Floor #1)
- Max Locators Per Item: (Mandatory) Enter the total number of physical locations within the subinventory where the parts to be counted reside (e.g. If parts being counted are located on 3 shelves in Building 1; and 2 shelves in Building 2, the Max Locator = 5).
- Approved By: (Mandatory) Select the supervisor who will approve the cycle count after it is completed.NOTE: The employee who creates the cycle count cannot select himself as the Approverfor that cycle count.
- Description: (Optional) Add any other directions needed to complete the cycle count.
3. Select Save to finish or Cancel to abort.
Figure 31: Add Cycle Count
Edit Cycle Count
After users define a plan, they may edit the Cycle Count and begin the inventory process. To edit Cycle Count Plan:
- Select an entry from the Plan Name list.
- Select Edit from the top menu bar menu. The Edit Cycle Count pop-up window displays. . The Edit Cycle Countwindow is comprised of the following tabs: General, Sub Inventory, and Plan Items.
- User may edit the fields as needed completed when the Cycle Count Plan was originally added to the system.
Edit Cycle Count: Plan Items
The Plan Items page is the powerhouse of the Cycle Counts submodule. Within the Plan Items page, cycle counts are recorded and approved. Here, users can edit plan items, create a plan item, approve plan items, export plan items, or delete plan items.
Figure 32: Actions available in Edit Cycle Count: Plan Items Tab
- ToCreate a Plan Item:
- Choose the Add icon.
- A message window displays, allowing users to confirm the action.
- Choose Yes to create a plan item or No to cancel the action.
- A new Plan Item with the predefined parameters will display on the list page.
Note: Plan Items can only be created from Plans in Opening or Planned status.
Note: Users must first assign a Sub Inventory to a Plan Item before the system allows them to Create a Plan Item.
2. Edit a Plan Item: Whereas previous Cycle Count tabs are used to configure Cycle Count information, the Edit feature is used to execute a cycle count, and is comprised of four subtabs:General, Locators, Cycle Count, and Adjust In/Out. Some of the tabs need to be completed in a specific order (see notes below). TheEdit feature allows users to adjust quantities (Cycle Count), approve cycle counts (Adjust In/Out), and export locator details (Locators).
Edit Plan Items : Locators
Within the Locators page, users can export information about a selected Locatorand its corresponding Sub Inventory in a .csv file onto their local drives.
- Mark the entry by activating the checkbox next to the line of information.
- Select the Export function.
- Information will automatically download in a .csv file onto the user’s local drive.
- Users may open the file, rename, save, share, or print as desired.
Figure 33: Edit Cycle Count: Plan Items export Locators
Edit Plan Items: Cycle Count Items
Within the Cycle Count Items page users complete the inventory process. Users can:
- Search for a Cycle count according to its status: Planned/Completed
- Export a .csv file of Cycle Count details onto their local drive to print, share or save. Plants may use this feature to print a hard copy of the items for inventory, and tally using traditional pen and paper in the physical location.
Figure 34: Edit Plan Item: Cycle Count Menu
If additional part numbers not specified in the original Plan Item require counting, users may add them to the Plan Item using theAdd feature.
- To Add Part Numbers to a Cycle Count Item:
- Select the Plan Item by highlighting the entry.
- Choose the Add icon from the top menu bar.
- This choice activates a pop-up window: Add Cycle Count Item(see Figure, below)
- Complete the fields provided:
- Part Number
- Locator (Note: Only the Sub Inventory/Locatorsdefined in the Plan Item are available for selection).
- Actual Qty
- Qty Uom: (Quantity Unit of Measure) This field automatically populates when Part Number is selected.
Note:All fields are mandatory.
- Select SAVE to add the Cycle Count Item or CANCEL to cancel.
Figure 35: Add Cycle Count Item
- To Edit the Cycle Count:
- Activate the checkmark next to the SubInventory to be counted.
- Select the Edit button from the toolbar to open the Edit Cycle Count Items sub-page
- Input the data at the Actual Qty text field.
- Select SAVE.
- To Submit the Cycle Count:
- Activate the checkmark next to the SubInventory to be counted.
- Select the Submit button from the toolbar.
Edit Plan Items: Adjust In/Out
Within the Adjust In/Out sub-page, operators enter the actual quantity of parts being counted/inventoried for the selected Plan Item, or make a quantity adjustment using the Edit Tab.
Figure 36: Adjust In/Out
- To enter cycle countquantity:
- Select the Location of the parts being counted by highlighting the line of information.
- Choose the Edit function.
- A pop-up window displays: Edit Adjust In/Out(Figure, below)
- Enter the quantity of the item using the Actual Qtydrop-down menu bar.
- Select Save to complete or Cancel to abort.
Figure 37: Edit Adjust In/Out
Note: Once all inventory is recorded, the new totals are reflected in the list (See Actual Qtyand System Qtylines in Figure, below.)
2. Approve a Cycle Count: This is the most important feature of the Cycle Count submodule. There are several prerequisites that apply:
- Only users assigned “Approver” may approve a cycle count. TheApprove by feature in the top menu bar will be deactivated if an unapproved user is working in the system.
- Users may not assign themselves to approve aCycle Count. (Usually, the operator creates the cycle count and assigns the approver at the same time, selecting his/her supervisor as the approver.
- ***Quantities must be updated and saved in the Cycle Count Items tab before they are available for approval in the Adjust In/Out Tab. The two steps cannot be completed in the opposite order.
4. To approve the Cycle Count Quantity:
- Highlight the Plan Name.
- Select the Approve button and choose Enter.
- A success message displays
Note: Once approved, the approve button will again be deactivated and the Approver’s name will display in the Approve Column.
Delete Cycle Count
To delete a cycle count
- Select an entry from the Plan Name list.
- Select Delete from the top menu bar menu.
- Select YES to confirm or NO to abort.
Inventory View
Inventory View allows users to conduct inspections of the various part numbers according to the exact location in the plant.
Note:This submodule is view only,
Figure 38: Inventory View Main Menu Bar
Search/Filter Inventory View
Users may limit their search by choosing from the following filter options:
- Sub Inventory: Select the Sub Inventory using the drop-down menu bar.
- Locator: Select the Locator using the drop-down menu bar.
- Part Number: Select the Part Number using the drop-down menu bar.
- Part Name: Enter the Part Name.
- Model: Enter the Model.
Users may view additional information about the Part Numbers selected, and their status in the manufacturing process.
- Select the entry from the list by highlighting the desired line of information.
- A toolbar displays on the top portion of the screen, allowing users to view the following additional information associated with the part number selected: Alternative Parts, Return to Vendors
Alternative Parts
Within the Alternative Parts page users may view the following information associated with the part number selected:
- Part Number
- Part Name
- Qty
- Qty Uom
- Max Inventory
- Minimum Inventory
- Safe Inventory
Return to Vendors
Within the Return to Vendors page users may view the following information associated with the part number selected:
- RTV#
- Receive #
- Part Number
- Sub Inventory
- Locator
- Returned Date
- Returned By
- Returned Qty
- Qty Uom
Transfer Parts
The Transfer Parts submoduleallows plants to transfer parts between sub-inventories and locations. Within this portal, users may search/filterfor specific parts; addtransfer parts; edittransfer parts; or exporttransfer part information to a local drive.
Figure 39: Transfer Parts Main Menu
Search/Filter Transfer Parts
- Users may search for a specific part according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the Transfer Parts Submodule:
- Created Date From/Created Date To: Drop-down calendar menus allow users to search for Part Numbers according to the time period they were received in the system.
- Part Number: Drop-down menu allows the user to further limit the search according to: AVL PNand MFG PN.Users may also scroll the list provided in the drop-down menu.
- Status: Drop-down calendar allows the user to choose: Pending, Completed, Cancelled.
- From Sub Inventory
- From Location
- To Sub Inventory
- To Location
2. Select filtering options.
3. Choose the search icon(e.g. magnifying glass).
4. Selected information is now in the list below the top menu bar.
Add Transfer Parts
To add a new Transfer Partsentry:
- Select Add from the Transfer Partsmenu bar. The Add Transfer Partspop-up menu appears.
- Complete the fields provided. Drop-down menus are available to aid some selections.
- Part Number
- From Sub Inventory
- From Locator
- To Sub Inventory
- To Locator
- Transfer Qty
- Qty UOM
- Status: Pending, Completed
- Comment
Note: Sub Inventories and Locations are associated with part numbers in the Part List submodule of Spare Parts. If the desired Sub Inventory or Locator is not available from the drop-down list return to thePart List >Part Number > Edit > Sub Inventory & Locator Tab.
4. Select Save to finish, or Cancel to abort.
Figure 40: Add Transfer Parts
Edit Transfer Parts
To edita Transfer Partentry:
- Select an entry from the Transfer Partslist.
- Select Edit. The Edit Transfer Partspop-up window appears.
- The following fields are available for edit: Locator; Sub Inventory; and Status.
Note: Users may select a different part from the drop-down menu and change sub inventory and locator.
Transaction Logs
The Transaction Log submoduleallows plants toviewthe activity of part numbers actively being moved within the system. All transactions completed inReceive Parts, Return Parts, or Transfer Partsare available. Received parts may be moved within the Transaction Log module. All other transaction types are view only.
Figure 58: Transaction Logs Main Menu
Search/Filter Transaction Logs
- Users may search for part numbers by selecting any of the criteria located on the top menu bar of the Transaction LogsSubmodule:
- Part Number: Drop-down menu allows the user to further limit search: AVL; PN; MFG PN
- Sub Inventory
- Locator
- Transaction Date From/Transaction Date To
- Transaction Type Drop-down menu allows the user to further limit the search: Receive Parts; Issue Parts; Return Parts; Adjust Parts; Reuse Parts; Sub Inv Transfer
2. Select filtering options.
3. Choose the search icon(e.g. magnifying glass).
4. The selected entries are now displayed in list form beneath the top menu bar.
View Transaction Logs
- To view:
- Highlight the data in the list.
- Double click on the highlighted entry.
- A text box displays that shows complete transaction details of the selected Part Number.
Purchase Request
Within the Purchase Request submodule, plants build Purchase Requests to order new parts for their equipment. Users may search; create; or edit PRs (Purchase Requests). Multiple screens within this submodule provide a work area for users to record and adjust order details, thus eliminating the need for paper scratch pads.
Figure 42: Procurement Workbench Main Menu
Search/Filter Procurement Workbench
- Users may search according to the following criteria, located on the top menu bar of the Purchase Request submodule:
- Part Number: Scroll entries with the available drop-down menu or type the Part Numberin the field.
- Status: Drop-down menu limits the search by: New, Approved, Closed, or Canceled.
2. Select filtering option(s).
3. Choose the search icon(e.g. magnifying glass).
Note: To move to the next page of part numbers: type a page number in the scroll bar at the bottom of the drop-down menu and select enter on the keyboard.
Create Purchase Request
To Create a Suggested PR Purchase Request:
- Select the Add icon.
- A message screen displays.
- Choose Yes to create a PR, or No to cancel the activity.
- The system assigns a new PR Batch#, and the entry now displays on the list below the main menu.
Note: The following information displays in blue text on the top of the menu bar: (Stockable & Status(Active)&Source Type(External)&Reused Flag(False)And Qty(QOH+In Transit Qty) is lower than Safety Stock).
- This information details the prerequisites required to create a suggested Purchase Request (PR). Only part numbers that meet the required prerequisites will be accepted as part of a suggested PR. Following is an explanation of each requirement:
- Stockable: Parts must be marked as “in stock” to be part of a suggested PR
- Status(Active): Part Status must be marked “active” to be part of a suggested PR
- Source Type (External): Only external parts will be accepted as part of a suggested PR
- Reused Flag (False): Reused parts are not accepted as part of a suggested PR
- Qty (QOH+In Transit Qty) is lower than Safety Stock: The part’s quantity on hand combined with the part’s quantity in transit (on the way) must be lower than the part’s safety stock in order to be accepted as part of a suggested PR.
Note: Part Number properties are managed within the first submodule of Spare Parts (Part List) under the Editfunction.
Edit Workbench
To edit:
- Select an entry from the list by activating the checkbox next to the listing.
- Select the Edit icon from the top menu bar.
- A new window now displays (Edit Workbench) that provides necessary details and a workspace to build a PR (Purchase Request).
Edit a Purchase Request
To edit a Purchase Request:
- Select a Suggested PR from the list by activating the checkmark next to the line of information.
- Select the Edit icon.
- Selecting Edit populates data into the side panel and also displays a pop-up window (Edit Purchase Request) that allows the user to change the following elements of the PR:
- Requester: Select from the drop-down menu
- Department: (shown in tree format with parent and children departments demarcated)
- Vendor: (select the vendor from the drop-down menu)
- Urgent: (activate the checkbox if the change is urgent. Default is not urgent.)
- Status: Drop-down menu provides choices: New; Approved; Canceled
- Comment
4. Select Save to complete, or Cancel to abort the action.
Figure 44: Edit Purchase Request
PR Items
The Purchase Request submodule provides a workspace (PR Item) where employees can add, edit, or deletePR items associated with a selected Purchase Request (see Figure, below).
For reference purposes, the bottom portion of the screen displays additional information associated with the selected Purchase Request to include: Alternative Parts, Return to Vendor, PRs, and AVLs.
Note: Fields in the bottom portion of the screen are view only.
Figure 45: PR Items available for Edit and View
Add PR Items to a Purchase Request
To build a Purchase Request:
- Select the Purchase Requestfrom the left-hand side of the Edit Workbenchpage by activating the checkbox next to its listing.
- Select the Add icon from the PR Item screenon the right-hand side of the Edit Workbenchpage.
- A pop-up window displays: Add PR Item
Figure 46: Add PR Item Pop-up Window
4. Select the Part Numberfrom the provided drop-down menu bar.
5. A table below the part number automatically populatesbased on the Part Number selection.
6. The following data is available for reference/viewonly:
- Vendor
- Currency
- Current Price
- Lead Time
7. Complete the Order Qty: Select the quantity of parts to order with the drop-down menu barprovided.
8. Select Delivery Date: Select the delivery date with the drop-down calendarprovided. NOTE: A delivery date is automatically populatedbased on Part Number availability; however, users may change delivery date as needed.
9. Select Saveto add the Part number to the selected Purchase Request or Cancelto abort the action.
10. Added Part Numbers display in list format within the PR Itemworkspace.
11. On the bottom portionof the Edit Workbench page, reference information pertaining to the PR Item selected is available for reference. To activate the information, select the PR item by activating the checkmark next to the data entry. Corresponding information in the bottom field will display. The screens are view-only; users may not editthis field. The following information is available:
- Alternative parts
- Return to Vendors
- PRs
- AVLs
Note: Some fields will be empty, based on Part Number selected.
Edit a PR Item
To Edit a PR Item:
- Select the Purchase Request Item by activating the checkbox next to the line of data.
- Select the Edit icon.
- The Edit PR Itempop-up window displays the same fields as the Add function.
- The following fields are available for edit: Order Qty; Delivery Date
- Choose Saveto complete the change, or Cancelto discard the action.
- Similar to the Add PR Itemwindow, the following information associated with the Part Number is available for referencein a view onlyformat: Vendor; Currency; Current Price; Lead Time
Delete a PR Item
To Delete a PR Item:
- Select the Purchase Request Item by activating the checkbox next to the line of data.
- Select the Delete icon.
- The PR Item will be removed, and no longer display in the PR Item list.
View Alternative Parts Return to Vendors and AVLS
On the bottom portion of the Edit Workbench page, reference information pertaining to the PR Item selected is available for reference. To activate the information, select the PR item by activating the checkmark next to the data entry. Corresponding information in the bottom field will display. The screens are view only; users may not edit this field. The following information is available:
- Alternative parts
- Return to Vendors
- AVLs
Part Category
The Part Category submodule assists administrators in organizing their assets’ spare parts. Once parent categories are defined, users can quickly move, count, and purchase multiple parts. Users can link multiple categories to individual spare parts from the Part List submodule/Part Category Tab.
Available Features
Users may Add, Edit, or Activate/Deactivate a Part Category within this submodule.
Add A Part Category
- Select Add
- 'The Add Spare Part CategoryForm displays. The following fields are available:
- *Category:(Mandatory) Add the parent name of the Spare Part Category. (e.g. ICT Parts, Belts, Fixture Parts, Fuji Parts)
- Description:' (Optional) Add a brief description of the Spare Part Category.
- *Active:(Mandatory) Check the box to mark the Category as active. The default value is checked (Active). Active fields are denoted by a blue checkmark; inactive fields are denoted by a grey checkmark.
Figure 47: Add Spare Part Category
Edit a Part Category
- Select any Part Category by highlighting the entry in the Part Categorylist.
- Select Edit.
- Any of the fields can be modified.
Activate/Deactivate a Part Category
Users may change the status of any part category from active to inactive or inactive to active.
- Select the Part Category by highlighting the entry in the Part Category list.
- Select Activate/Deactivate.
- The Active status reflects the change.